Promise Technology Network Card EX16650 User Manual
SUPERTRAK  
EX4650, EX8650,  
EX8654, EX8658,  
EX16650  
USER MANUAL  
Version 2.0 SR2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Notices  
Radio Frequency Interference Statement  
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B  
digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to  
provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential  
installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency  
energy, and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction may  
cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no  
guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this  
equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which  
can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged  
to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:  
•
•
•
Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.  
Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.  
Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which  
the receiver is connected.  
•
Consult Promise Technology, Inc. or an experienced radio or TV technician  
for help.  
This device complies with Part 5 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the  
following conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2)  
this device must accept any interference received, including interference that  
may cause undesired operation.  
Caution  
Only digital device equipment CERTIFIED CLASS B should be  
attached to this equipment and that must have shielded cables.  
iii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
iv  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Contents  
Chapter 1: Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1  
About This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1  
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2  
XOR Microprocessor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2  
Hot-Swapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2  
WebPAM PRO Management Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3  
Operating System Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3  
Browser Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4  
Key Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4  
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6  
Chapter 2: Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7  
Unpacking the SuperTrak Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7  
Installing the SuperTrak Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9  
Connecting SuperTrak to a SuperSwap Enclosure . . . . . . . . .14  
Connecting SuperTrak to a VTrak JBOD Enclosure . . . . . . . . .14  
SAS Connections and ID Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15  
Choosing the Physical Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17  
Creating a Logical Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18  
Installing the CLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23  
Installing onto Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23  
Installing onto Linux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28  
Installing the CLI onto FreeBSD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35  
Installing the CLI onto VMware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36  
Installing WebPAM PRO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37  
Utility Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37  
Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37  
JRE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38  
Internet Browser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38  
Installing WebPAM PRO onto Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39  
Installing WebPAM PRO onto Linux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47  
Logging into WebPAM PRO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55  
Logging in at the Host PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55  
Logging in over the Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55  
Login Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56  
Setting up WebPAM PRO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57  
v
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Chapter 3: Installing Drivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59  
Driver Installation Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60  
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60  
Linux and FreeBSD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61  
Windows Server 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62  
New OS Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62  
Existing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63  
Confirming Driver Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63  
Windows Vista . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64  
New OS Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64  
Existing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65  
Confirming Driver Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65  
Windows Server 2003 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66  
New OS Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66  
Existing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67  
Confirming Driver Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67  
Windows XP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68  
New OS Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68  
Existing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69  
Confirming Driver Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69  
Red Hat Linux Enterprise 4.4, 4.5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70  
New OS Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70  
Existing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70  
Fedora Core 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71  
New OS Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71  
Existing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71  
Fedora Core 7, 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72  
New OS Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72  
Existing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72  
SuSE Open 10.2, 10.3, 10.5, 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73  
New OS Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73  
Existing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73  
SuSE SLES 10, 10 SP1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74  
New OS Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74  
Existing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74  
Miracle Linux 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75  
New OS Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75  
Existing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75  
FreeBSD 6.1, 6.2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76  
New OS Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76  
Existing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77  
vi  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Contents  
Chapter 3: Installing Drivers, cont.  
VMware ESX Server 3.0.2, 3.5.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78  
New OS Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78  
Existing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78  
Chapter 4: SuperBuild™ Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81  
SuperTrak BIOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81  
Accessing the Main Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84  
Selecting a Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85  
Viewing Controller Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86  
Managing Physical Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87  
Viewing Physical Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87  
Viewing Physical Drive Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87  
Managing Physical Drive Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88  
Managing Disk Arrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89  
Viewing Disk Arrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89  
Viewing Disk Array Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89  
Creating a Disk Array . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90  
Changing Disk Array Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91  
Rebuilding a Disk Array . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91  
Deleting a Disk Array . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91  
Managing Logical Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92  
Viewing Logical Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92  
Viewing Logical Drive Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92  
Creating a Logical Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93  
Initializing a Logical Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94  
Changing Logical Drive Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95  
Deleting a Logical Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95  
Managing Spare Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97  
Viewing Spare Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97  
Viewing Spare Drive Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97  
Creating a Spare Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97  
Changing Spare Drive Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98  
Deleting a Spare Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99  
Viewing Background Activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100  
Managing the Event Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101  
Viewing RAM Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101  
Viewing NVRAM Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101  
Clearing the Event Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102  
vii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Chapter 4: SuperBuild™ Utility, cont.  
Working with Time Sync . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103  
Setting the Time Zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103  
Synchronizing Time with an Embedded Site . . . . . . . . . . . . .103  
Using the Miscellaneous Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104  
Making the SAS Ready LED Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104  
Making the SGPIO Backplane Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104  
Working with the Buzzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104  
Chapter 5: Management with WebPAM PRO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107  
Logging into WebPAM PRO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107  
Logging in at the Host PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107  
Logging in over the Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108  
Login Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109  
Accessing the Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110  
Using the Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111  
Using Tree View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111  
Using Management View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112  
Choosing a Display Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113  
Viewing the Event Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113  
Saving the Event Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114  
Deleting the Event Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114  
Viewing the Storage Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114  
Logging out of WebPAM PRO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115  
Managing Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116  
Viewing User Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116  
Making User Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116  
Making Your Own User Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117  
Changing a User’s Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117  
Changing Your Own Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117  
Creating a User . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118  
Deleting a User . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118  
Working with Subsystem/Host Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120  
Viewing Subsystem/Host Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120  
Adding a Subsystem or Host . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120  
In-Band versus Out-of-Band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121  
Deleting a Subsystem or Host . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121  
Setting User Privilege . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122  
Managing Software Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123  
Viewing Service Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123  
Changing Web Server Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123  
viii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Contents  
Chapter 5: Management with WebPAM PRO, cont.  
Managing Software Services, cont.  
Restarting the Tomcat Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124  
Setting up Email Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124  
Setting up Extended SMTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125  
Sending A Test Email Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125  
Setting Event Frame Refresh Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125  
Changing CIM Client Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126  
Changing CIM Server Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126  
Managing the Host . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127  
Viewing Host Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127  
Setting User Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127  
Refreshing the WebPAM PRO Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127  
Managing the Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128  
Viewing Subsystem Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128  
Clearing Statistical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129  
Setting an Alias for the Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129  
Updating the Firmware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129  
Checking Subsystem Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130  
Viewing the Runtime Event Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130  
Saving the Runtime Event Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131  
Clearing the Runtime Event Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131  
Viewing the NVRAM Event Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131  
Saving the NVRAM Event Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132  
Clearing the NVRAM Event Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132  
Viewing Current Background Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133  
Making Background Activity Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133  
Running Background Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134  
Running Media Patrol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134  
Running PDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135  
Viewing Scheduled Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135  
Scheduling an Activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135  
Deleting a Scheduled Activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137  
Viewing System Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137  
Managing the Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139  
Viewing Controllers Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139  
Viewing Controller Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139  
Viewing Controller Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141  
Making Controller Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141  
Clearing an Orphan Watermark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142  
Viewing Battery Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142  
ix  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Chapter 5: Management with WebPAM PRO, cont.  
Managing the Controller, cont.  
Silencing the Buzzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143  
Making Buzzer Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143  
Testing the Buzzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143  
Viewing Buzzer Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144  
Managing Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145  
Viewing Enclosure Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145  
Managing Physical Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146  
Viewing a List of Physical Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146  
Locating a Physical Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146  
Making Global Physical Drive Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147  
Viewing Physical Drive Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148  
Viewing Physical Drive Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148  
Making Physical Drive Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148  
Clearing Stale and PFA Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149  
Managing Disk Arrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150  
Viewing Disk Arrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150  
Locating a Disk Array . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150  
Creating a Disk Array . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151  
Creating a Disk Array – Automatic Configuration . . . . . . . . . .152  
Creating a Disk Array – Express Configuration . . . . . . . . . . .153  
Creating a Disk Array – Advanced Configuration . . . . . . . . . .155  
Deleting a Disk Array . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157  
Viewing Disk Array Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157  
Making Disk Array Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158  
Creating a Logical Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159  
Deleting a Logical Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160  
Migrating a Disk Array . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161  
Rebuilding a Disk Array . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162  
Running Media Patrol on a Disk Array . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163  
Running PDM on a Disk Array . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163  
Transitioning a Disk Array . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164  
Preparing a Disk Array for Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164  
Managing Logical Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .166  
Viewing Information for All Logical Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .166  
Locating a Logical Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167  
Viewing Logical Drive Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167  
Viewing Logical Drive Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168  
Changing Logical Drive Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168  
Initializing a Logical Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .169  
x
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Contents  
Chapter 5: Management with WebPAM PRO, cont.  
Managing Logical Drives, cont.  
Running Redundancy Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170  
Viewing the Logical Drive Check Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170  
Managing Spare Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172  
Viewing a List of Spare Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172  
Creating a Spare Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173  
Deleting Spare Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .174  
Making Spare Drive Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .174  
Running Spare Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175  
Working with the Logical Drive Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .176  
Viewing a List of All Logical Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .176  
Locating a Logical Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .176  
Viewing Individual Logical Drive Information . . . . . . . . . . . . .177  
Chapter 6: Management with the CLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179  
Opening the CLI on Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179  
Opening the CLI on Linux, FreeBSD, and VMware . . . . . . . . . . . .180  
Table of Supported Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181  
Notes and Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .183  
List of Supported Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .184  
Chapter 7: Technology Background . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .219  
Introduction to RAID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .219  
RAID 0 – Stripe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .220  
RAID 1 – Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .221  
RAID 1E – Enhanced Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .222  
RAID 5 – Block Striping with Distributed Parity . . . . . . . . . . . .223  
RAID 6 – Block and Double Parity Stripe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .224  
RAID 10 – Mirror / Stripe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .225  
RAID 50 – Striped Distributed Parity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .226  
RAID 60 – Striping of Double Parity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229  
Choosing a RAID Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .232  
RAID 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .232  
RAID 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .232  
RAID 1E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .233  
RAID 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .233  
RAID 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .234  
RAID 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .234  
RAID 50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .235  
RAID 60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .235  
xi  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Chapter 7: Technology Background, cont.  
Choosing Stripe Block Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .236  
Choosing Sector Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .236  
2 TB Limitation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .237  
Choosing Cache Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .237  
Read Cache Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .238  
Write Cache Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .238  
Capacity Coercion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .238  
Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .239  
Hot Spare Drive(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .239  
Partition and Format the Logical Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240  
RAID Level Migration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240  
RAID 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .241  
RAID 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .242  
RAID 1E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .242  
RAID 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .243  
RAID 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .243  
RAID 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .244  
RAID 50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .245  
RAID 60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .245  
Ranges of Disk Array Expansion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .246  
Media Patrol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .248  
Predictive Data Migration (PDM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .248  
PDM Triggers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .248  
Transition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .249  
Drive Failure and Automatic Rebuild . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .249  
Automatic Transition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .251  
Manual Transition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .251  
Critical & Offline Logical Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .253  
When a Physical Drive Fails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .253  
With a Hot Spare Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .255  
Without a Hot Spare Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .255  
Rebuild Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .255  
Chapter 8: Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .257  
Problems Reported by SuperTrak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .257  
Buzzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .257  
LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .257  
BIOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .259  
Problems Reported in WebPAM PRO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .261  
Open WebPAM PRO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .261  
xii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Contents  
What to Look For . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .261  
Critical & Offline Logical Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .263  
Finding the Failed Drive in SuperBuild . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .263  
Finding the Failed Drive in WebPAM PRO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .264  
Salvaging Physical Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .265  
Clearing Stale and PFA Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .265  
Rebuilding a Logical Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .266  
Spare Drive Available . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .266  
No Spare Drive Available . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .266  
Manual Rebuild: SuperBuild Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .266  
Manual Rebuild: WebPAM PRO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .267  
Recovering from a Blank Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .268  
Cache Battery Does Not Charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .268  
Chapter 9: Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .269  
Frequently Asked Questions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .269  
Pre-Installation (Speed, Device Types, Capacity, Cabling) . .269  
Drive Issues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .270  
Installation Issues (Capacity, Booting) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .271  
Post-Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .272  
Contacting Technical Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .273  
Limited Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .276  
Returning the Product For Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .278  
Appendix A: Partition and Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .281  
Appendix B: Upgrades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .285  
Updating SuperTrak BIOS and Firmware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .285  
Updating WebPAM PRO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .286  
Appendix C: Battery Backup Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .287  
Installing the BBU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .288  
Appendix D: LED Backplane Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .291  
Schematic Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .291  
Direct LED Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .293  
Aggregate LED Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .293  
Global LED Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .294  
Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .295  
xiii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
xiv  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 1: Introduction  
•
•
•
About This Manual, below  
Product Overview (page 2)  
WebPAM PRO Management Software (page 3)  
Thank you for purchasing one of Promise Technology’s SuperTrak EX4650,  
EX8650, EX8654, EX8658, or EX16650 SAS/SATA RAID Controller card.  
About This Manual  
This User Manual describes how to setup, use and maintain the SuperTrak RAID  
controller. It also describes how to use the Web-Based Promise Array  
Management—Professional (WebPAM PRO) RAID management software.  
This manual includes a full table of contents, chapter task lists and numerous  
cross-references to help you find the specific information you are looking for.  
Also included are four levels of notices:  
Note  
A Note provides helpful information such as hints or alternative  
ways of doing a task.  
Important  
Important calls attention to an essential step or point required to  
complete a task. Important items include things often missed.  
Caution  
A Caution informs you of possible equipment damage or loss of  
data and how to avoid them.  
Warning  
A Warning notifies you of probable equipment damage or loss of  
data, or the possibility of physical injury, and how to avoid them.  
1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Product Overview  
SuperTrak EX4650, EX8650, EX8654, EX8658, and EX16650 are SAS and  
SATA RAID Controller cards. When used with WebPAM PRO software, the  
SuperTrak RAID Controllers offer a feature-rich, secure and versatile enterprise-  
wide RAID solution. In addition, the SuperTrak EX Series supports RAID  
expansion. The resulting RAID environment allows users and administrators to  
configure, manage, and monitor everything from single logical drives on local  
systems to logical drive networks residing in offsite locations.  
The SuperTrak EX Series RAID Controller cards support SAS hard drives as well  
as 1.5 Gb/s and 3.0 Gb/s SATA hard drives. At its core, the SuperTrak card  
provides advanced RAID management functions: creating logical drives,  
monitoring them, keeping them online and operating at optimum efficiency.  
SuperTrak can also perform many other tasks, such as:  
•
The SuperTrak EX4650 Controller card supports up to four SAS or SATA  
physical drives and RAID levels 0, 1, 1E, 5, 6, and 10. With a SAS expander  
you can attach up to 24 drives, for RAID 50 and 60.  
•
The SuperTrak EX8650, EX8654, EX8658, and EX16650 Controller cards  
you can directly attach up to 16 SAS or SATA physical drives. With a SAS  
expander you can attach up to 128 drives. These Controllers also support  
RAID levels 0, 1, 1E, 5, 6, 10, 50, and 60.  
•
Set up a network of SuperTrak RAID servers (all running under different  
RAID levels) and monitor those servers from any workstation on the  
network.  
•
•
Create a series of SuperTrak RAID networks at any number of offsite  
locations.  
Monitor and repair SuperTrak RAID logical drives using the Internet from an  
offsite location—all without compromising the integrity of secure servers.  
XOR Microprocessor  
The SuperTrak EX Series Controllers have an onboard microprocessor for XOR  
calculations, which off loads the parity calculation workload from the main CPU  
and transfers it to the controller card, boosting the performance of the entire  
system.  
Hot-Swapping  
Attached drives can be hot swapped when necessary.  
2
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Chapter 1: Introduction  
WebPAM PRO Management Software  
The Web-Based Promise Array Management—Professional (WebPAM PRO)  
software offers local and remote management and monitoring of all SuperTrak  
logical drives that exist anywhere on a network. Browser-based GUI provides  
email notification of all major events or alarms, memory cache management,  
drive event logging, logical drive maintenance, rebuild, and access to all  
components in the RAID configuration (controller, physical drives, disk arrays,  
logical drives, physical drives, and enclosure).  
For information on using WebPAM PRO, see “Chapter 5: Management with  
WebPAM PRO” on page 107.  
Operating System Support  
On the Host PC where you install the SuperTrak controller and WebPAM PRO,  
Promise Technology recommends:  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Windows Server 2008 (64 bit) with or without Hyper-V  
Windows Server 2008 (32 bit)  
Windows Vista (32 or 64 bit)  
Windows Server 2003 SP1, SP2; R2 (32 or 64 bit)  
Windows XP Professional SP2, SP3 (32 or 64 bit)  
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 5.0, 5.1, 5.2 (32 or 64 bit)  
SuSE Open 10.2, 10.3, 11 (32 or 64 bit)  
SLES 10, 10 SP1 (32 or 64 bit)  
Miracle Linux 4 SP2, 5 (32 or 64 bit)  
Fedora Core 6, 7, 8, 9 (32 or 64 bit)  
Open Source Driver for Linux 2.6 kernel (32 or 64 bit)  
SuperTrak management on the following OS is supported only via CLI:  
FreeBSD 6.1, 6.2 (32 or 64 bit)  
•
SuperTrak management on the following virtualization platform is supported only  
via CLI:  
•
VMware ESX 3.0.2, 3.5 (certification pending)  
3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Browser Support  
On the Host PC where you install the SuperTrak controller and WebPAM PRO,  
you must have one of the following browsers:  
•
•
•
Internet Explorer  
Firefox  
Netscape Navigator  
If you do not have one of the above browsers, install the browser first and make it  
the default browser. Then install WebPAM PRO.  
Key Features and Benefits  
The following information offers an overview of the major features of the Promise  
SuperTrak EX4650, EX8650, EX8654, EX8658, and EX16650.  
Advanced Hardware Design  
Features  
Benefits  
Supports PCIe x8 bus  
motherboards  
Allows maximum data transfers of up to 2 GB/s  
in both directions simultaneously to dramatically  
reduce the time to save and retrieve large files.  
EX4650 supports: RAID 0, 1,  
1E, 5, 6, and 10. RAID 50 and  
60 with SAS Expander.  
Provides dramatic increase in drive performance  
and/or fault tolerant options. Offers performance  
customization and data rebuilds from the BIOS  
menu.  
EX8650, EX8654, EX8658,  
and EX16650 support: RAID  
0, 1, 1E, 5, 6, 10, 50, and 60  
Supports Serial ATA  
Specification II  
Burst data transfer rates up to 300 MB/s from  
Serial ATA drives to boost overall system  
performance.  
Supports Serial Attached  
SCSI Specification  
Burst data transfer rates up to 300 MB/s from  
SAS drives to boost overall system  
performance.  
Independent data channels  
for SATA and SAS drives  
Drives can multiply their data transfer  
performance when striped together and each  
drive uses a separate data channel.  
Supports multiple logical  
drives on the same physical  
drives  
Up to 32 logical drives per array,  
Up to 128 arrays drives per controller,  
Up to 128 physical drives per controller,  
Up to 256 logical drives per controller.  
4
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 1: Introduction  
Advanced Hardware Design  
Benefits  
Features  
Supports online logical drive  
expansion  
Add disk drives to the array without affecting  
data availability.  
Supports online logical drive  
migration  
Change RAID level without affecting data  
availability.  
Utilizes SuperBuild™  
Has “Auto Setup” option for quick and easy  
automenu from the SuperTrak logical drive builds.  
onboard BIOS  
Displays status and error  
checking messages during  
bootup  
Notifies user of possible errors and allows for  
recovery of mirrored drive logical drives directly  
from SuperBuild™.  
Supports S.M.A.R.T.  
monitoring and reporting  
Polls status at set intervals, reports through  
WebPAM PRO.  
Employs the latest Promise  
Fully supports Serial ATA specifications with 150  
PCI Express SATA/SAS ASIC and 300 MB/sec timing and CRC error-checking  
technology  
at high speeds.  
Automatic background  
rebuilds  
Fault tolerance can be restored automatically  
without rebooting.  
DOS based flash upgrade of Verifies proper file, option to backup existing file.  
BIOS and Firmware  
Download files from Promise website.  
Supports four schemes of capacity coercion.  
System boot process continues without  
Capacity coercion  
System reboot not required  
after create, delete, migrate or restarting.  
expand logical drive  
Compatibility  
Features  
Benefits  
Complies with PCI Express  
Specification 1.0a  
Provides highest level of hardware compatibility  
Complies with SATA  
Specification 1.0a  
Provides full compatibility with first generation  
SATA hard drives.  
Complies with SATA II:  
Extensions to SATA 1.0a  
Specification  
Provides enclosure and drive monitoring  
compatibility.  
Complies with SAS  
Specification 1.1  
Provides full compatibility with SAS hard drives.  
5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Compatibility  
Features  
Benefits  
Tested compatibility to coexist Improves system performance and minimizes  
with motherboards that have system conflicts for new and existing  
integrated IDE controllers  
installations.  
Features LBA support  
Supports drives greater than 137 GB capacity.  
Supports BIOS Boot  
Specification  
All logical drives attached to the SuperTrak card  
appear in the BBS-compliant motherboards  
BIOS boot list.  
Specifications  
•
Port Counts and Connectors  
EX4650: 4 internal, one SFF-8087  
EX8650: 8 internal, two SFF-8087  
EX8654: 4 internal, one SFF-8087; 4 external, one SFF-8088  
EX8658: 8 external, two SFF-8088  
EX16650: 16 internal, four SFF-8087  
•
•
Interface: PCI-Express x8 Slot  
I/O Processor  
EX4650: 667 MHz  
EX8650: 800 MHz  
EX8654, EX8658, EX16650: 1.2 GHz  
•
•
Memory (DDR-II)  
EX4650: 128 MB  
EX8650: 256 MB  
EX8654, EX8658, EX16650: 512 MB  
Controller card dimensions (HWD):  
EX4650, EX8650, EX8654, EX8658:  
2.69 x 6.63 x 0.75 inches (68.3 x 168.3 x 19.0 mm) “Low profile”  
EX16650:  
4.37 x 6.63 x 0.75 inches (111.0 x 168.3 x 19.0 mm) “Full height”  
•
•
Operating temperatures  
Without BBU: 32° to 122°F (0°C to 50°C)  
With BBU: 32° to 104°F (0°C to 40°C)  
Operating humidity: 5% to 95% non-condensing  
6
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 2: Installation  
•
•
•
•
•
Unpacking the SuperTrak, below  
Installing the SuperTrak Card (page 9)  
Choosing the Physical Drives (page 17)  
Creating a Logical Drive (page 18)  
Installing the CLI (page 23)  
•
•
•
•
Windows (page 23)  
Linux (page 28)  
Free BSD (page 35  
VMware (page 36)  
•
Installing WebPAM PRO (page 37)  
•
•
Windows (page 39)  
Linux (page 47)  
•
•
Logging into WebPAM PRO (page 55)  
Setting up WebPAM PRO (page 57)  
Unpacking the SuperTrak Card  
When you receive the SuperTrak EX Series SAS/SATA RAID Controller card, the  
package should contain the items listed below:  
•
•
•
SuperTrak EX4650, EX8650, EX8654, EX8658, or EX16650 Controller card  
Quick Start Guide  
0.5m (19-inch) SFF-8087 to SFF-8087 multi-lane cable  
One (1) for EX4650 and EX8654  
Two (2) for EX8650  
Four (4) for EX16650  
•
CD with WebPAM PRO software, Windows and Linux drivers, and  
SuperTrak User Manual  
If any of the items are missing or appear damaged, please contact your dealer or  
distributor immediately.  
Warning  
The electronic components on the SuperTrak EX Controller cards  
are sensitive to damage from Electro-Static Discharge (ESD).  
Observe appropriate precautions at all times when handling the  
SuperTrak card or its subassemblies.  
7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Warning  
Before installing the SuperTrak EX Controller card into an existing  
system, backup any important or useful data. Failure to follow this  
accepted PC practice could result in data loss.  
Important  
Promise does not recommend multi-lane and fanout cables longer  
than 1m (38 inches) because they have not been tested with the  
SuperTrak controller.  
Important  
If your SuperTrak EX16650 card has a battery backup unit (BBU),  
follow these requirements to be sure the battery charges properly:  
•
•
Ambient operating temperature must not exceed 104°F (40°C)  
Airflow through your PC or server must be at least 200 LFM  
Note  
The SuperTrak EX Controller cards are PCI Plug-n-Play (PnP)  
devices. No changes are necessary in the motherboard CMOS or  
BIOS Setup for resources or drive types in most applications.  
8
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 2: Installation  
Installing the SuperTrak Card  
The SuperTrak EX Controller card fits into any available PCI-Express x8 slot. You  
can also plug the SuperTrak card into a PCI-Express x16 slot.  
1. Remove the cover of your system.  
2. Remove the inside slot cover of an available PCI-Express slot on the  
motherboard.  
3. Install the SuperTrak card into the open PCI-Express slot.  
4. Fasten the SuperTrak card bracket to the system case.  
5. Attach one end of a SAS multi-lane cable to a SAS port on the SuperTrak  
card.  
External SAS multi-lane cables are user-supplied. The external SAS ports  
have SFF-8088 connectors.  
See Figures 1 through 5.  
9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Figure 1. SuperTrak EX4650 card  
Global and  
Aggregate  
LED Pins  
Activity and  
Fault LED Pins  
SAS Ports  
Ch1-4  
BBU module  
connector  
SuperSwap connector  
Figure 2. SuperTrak EX8650 card  
Globaland  
Aggregate  
LED Pins  
Activity and  
Fault LED Pins  
SAS Ports  
Ch5-8  
Ch1-4  
BBU module  
connector  
SuperSwap connector  
10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 2: Installation  
Figure 3. SuperTrak EX8654 card  
SuperSwap connector  
BBU module  
connector  
Aggregate  
LED Pins  
Activity and Fault  
LED Pins  
SAS Ports:  
Ch5-8  
Global  
LED Pins  
SAS Ports: Ch1-4  
Figure 4. SuperTrak EX8658 card  
BBU module  
connector  
Aggregate  
LED Pins  
SuperSwap connector  
SAS Ports  
Ch1-4  
Ch5-8  
Global  
LED Pins  
11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Figure 5. SuperTrak EX16650 card  
Activity and Fault LED Pins  
SAS Ports  
Ch13-16  
Ch9-12  
Ch5-8  
Ch1-4  
Global and  
Aggregate  
LED Pins  
SuperSwap  
connector  
BBU module  
connector  
6. Attach the other end of the SAS multi-lane cable to a SAS port on your  
enclosure’s backplane or to your SAS expander.  
For more information, see the user manual for your enclosure or SAS  
expander.  
7. Optional. Repeat steps 5 and 6 for the other SAS ports on the SuperTrak  
EX8650, EX8654, EX8658, or 16650 card.  
8. Optional. Attach cables from the LED pins on the SuperTrak card to the  
LEDs in your PC or enclosure. See Figures 5 through 7.  
For more information, see “Appendix D: LED Backplane Connections” on  
page 291 and the user manual for your PC or enclosure.  
Figure 6. Individual LED pins, EX4650, EX8650, and EX8654  
EX8650  
EX4650  
EX8654  
Fault LEDs  
Activity LEDs  
Activity LEDs  
Fault LEDs  
1
2
3 4 5 6 7 8  
4 3 2 1  
Ports/Channels  
Ports/Channels  
12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 2: Installation  
For SuperTrak EX8654 and EX8658, note that only the interior SAS Ports  
have individual LED pins.  
Figure 7. Individual LED pins, EX16650  
Activity LEDs  
Fault LEDs  
1
2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 13 14 15 16  
11  
Ports/Channels  
Figure 8. Global and Aggregate LED pins, EX4650 and EX8650  
Global LEDs (J2)  
R
G
–
+
+
–
+
+
Aggregate LEDs (J3)  
Figure 9. Global and Aggregate LED pins, EX8654 and EX8658  
+
R
+
G
+
–
Global LEDs  
Aggregate LEDs  
Figure 10. Global and Aggregate LED pins, EX16650  
+
R
+
–
G
+
–
+
Global LEDs  
Aggregate LEDs  
13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Connecting SuperTrak to a SuperSwap Enclosure  
If you are using Promise SuperSwap enclosures:  
1. Attach SAS fanout cables to the SAS ports of the SuperTrak card.  
2. Connect the other ends of the SAS fanout cables to the SuperSwap  
enclosure.  
3. Connect the 3-to-3 pin management cable (came with the SuperSwap) from  
the SuperSwap connector on SuperTrak card to the Management connector  
on the back of the the SuperSwap housing.  
4. Optional. If you are installing multiple SuperSwap 4600s, install a 6-pin  
daisy-chain cable from the daisy-chain OUT connector of the first  
SuperSwap to the daisy-chain IN connector of the second.  
SuperTrak supports up to eight SuperSwap 1600 enclosures or up to two  
SuperSwap 4600 enclosures.  
Connecting SuperTrak to a VTrak JBOD Enclosure  
If you are connecting the SuperTrak card to a single VTrak JBOD enclosure, you  
can attach the SAS multi-lane cable to either the circle or diamond port on the  
enclosure.  
However, if you plan to cascade multiple VTrak JBOD enclosures, you must  
attach the SAS multi-lane cable to the circle port on the first enclosure.  
Figure 11. Attaching the SAS multi-lane cable to the diamond port  
O
I
115200  
8
N
1
SuperTrak  
Controller  
SAS multi-lane cable  
(supplied with VTrak)  
VTrak JBOD  
enclosure  
14  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 2: Installation  
SAS Connections and ID Numbers  
The table below correlates the ranges of Enclosure IDs and Physical Drive IDs,  
that appear in the WebPAM PRO interface as a result of the data connections  
you make.  
SuperTrak SAS Port Enclosure ID Range  
Drive ID Range  
Ch1-4 Virtual*  
Ch1-4  
1
1 to 128  
1 to 128  
2 to 9  
Ch5-8  
10 to 17  
18 to 25  
26 to 33  
129 to 256  
257 to 384  
385 to 512  
Ch9-12  
Ch13-16  
* A virtual enclosure involves physical drives attached directly to the  
SuperTrak controller or a connection to an SGPIO backplane.  
You can attach up to 128 SAS or SATA drives on each SAS port  
using SAS expanders.  
The SuperTrak EX8650, EX8654, and EX8658 cards are designed to manage up  
to 16 enclosures and up to 256 SAS or SATA disk drives (using SAS expanders).  
The SuperTrak EX16650 card is designed to manage up to 32 enclosures and up  
to 512 SAS or SATA disk drives (using SAS expanders).  
If your system has fewer components, you might be surprised at the way  
WebPAM PRO numbers your enclosures and drives. The following scenarios  
illustrate some numbering examples.  
Scenario 1: Virtual Enclosure – SGPIO  
You install the SuperTrak card into an SGPIO enclosure. You attach a SAS data  
cable between Port Ch1-4 and the enclosure’s backplane.  
In WebPAM PRO, the SGPIO enclosure appears as Enclosure 1. The drives are  
numbered 1 to 128.  
If you attached a second SGPIO enclosure to Port Ch5-8, it would appear in  
WebPAM PRO as Enclosure 10. The drives would be numbered 129 to 256.  
Scenario 2: Virtual Enclosure – Host PC  
You install the SuperTrak card into a Host PC. You attach SAS breakout cables  
to Ports Ch1-4 and Ch5-8 and a SAS or SATA drive at the drive ends of each  
cable.  
15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
In WebPAM PRO, the Host PC appears as Enclosure 1. The drives on Port  
Ch1-4 are numbered 1 to 4. The drives on Port Ch5-8 are numbered 129 to 132.  
This scenario also applies if you use Promise SuperSwap enclosures.  
Scenario 3: External Enclosures – Daisy Chain  
You install the SuperTrak card into a Host PC. You attach a SAS data cable  
between Port Ch1-4 and a Promise VTrak J310s 12-drive JBOD enclosure. You  
connect a second J310s enclosure to the first in a daisy chain.  
In WebPAM PRO, the first JBOD enclosure appears as Enclosure 2. The drives  
are numbered 1 to 12. The second JBOD enclosure appears as Enclosure 3. The  
drives are numbered 13 to 24.  
Scenario 4: External Enclosures – Parallel  
You install the SuperTrak card into a Host PC. You attach a SAS data cable  
between Port Ch1-4 and a VTrak J310s enclosure. You attach a SAS data cable  
between Port Ch5-8 and a second J310s enclosure.  
In WebPAM PRO, the first JBOD enclosure appears as Enclosure 2. The drives  
are numbered 1 to 12. The second JBOD enclosure appears as Enclosure 10.  
The drives are numbered 129 to 140.  
Scenario 5: SAS Expanders  
You install the SuperTrak card into a Host PC. You attach a SAS data cables  
between Ports Ch1-4 and Ch5-8 and two SAS Expanders.  
In WebPAM PRO, the first Expander appears as Enclosure 2. The drives are  
numbered 1 to 128. The second Expander appears as Enclosure 10. The drives  
are numbered 129 to 256.  
See “Viewing Enclosure Information” on page 145 and “Locating a Physical  
Drive” on page 146 for more information.  
16  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 2: Installation  
Choosing the Physical Drives  
The SuperTrak EX Controller card supports SAS and 1.5-Gb/s or 3.0-Gb/s SATA  
physical drives. For optimal performance, install physical drives of the same  
model and capacity.  
Level  
Number of Drives  
Level  
Number of Drives  
RAID 0  
RAID 1  
RAID 1E  
RAID 5  
1 or more  
2 only  
RAID 6  
RAID 10  
RAID 50  
RAID 60  
4 to 16*  
4 or more**  
6 or more  
8 or more  
3 or more  
3 to 16*  
* Requires SAS expansion  
** Requires an even number of drives  
The table above shows the number of drives required for each RAID level.  
17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Creating a Logical Drive  
You can use the SuperBuild™ Configuration Utility to create a logical drive with  
the attached physical drives. Even if you plan to use the WebPAM PRO software  
to manage your logical drives, you can still create your first logical drive using the  
SuperBuild Utility, as described here.  
Note  
For an explanation of the logical drive concepts and the choices  
you can make when you create your logical drive, see “Chapter 7:  
Technology Background” on page 219 of this manual.  
1. Boot your system. If this is the first time you have booted with the SuperTrak  
card and physical drives installed, the SuperTrak BIOS will display the  
following screen.  
2. Press the Ctrl-S keys to display the SuperBuild Utility Main Menu.  
18  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 2: Installation  
3. Press the arrow keys to highlight Disk Array Management and press Enter.  
The Disk Array Management screen appears.  
4. Highlight Create Disk Array and press Enter.  
The Create Disk Array screen appears.  
Use this screen to select the physical drives for your disk array.  
5. Press the arrow keys to highlight a physical drive. Then press the spacebar  
to select the physical drive.  
An asterisk (*) appears at the left of each selected physical drive.  
6. Highlight Save Configuration and press Enter.  
The Disk Array Management screen appears, showing your new disk array  
19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
7. Highlight Return to Previous Menu and press Enter.  
The Main Menu appears.  
8. Highlight Logical Drive Management and press Enter.  
The Logical Drive Management screen appears.  
9. Highlight Create Logical Drive and press Enter.  
The Create Logical Drive Step 1/2 screen appears.  
10. Press the arrow keys to highlight a disk array. Then press the spacebar to  
choose the disk array.  
An asterisk (*) appears at the left of the chosen disk array.  
20  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 2: Installation  
11. Highlight Next Step and press Enter.  
The Create Logical Drive Step 2/2 screen appears.  
12. To change the RAID Level, highlight RAID Level and press Enter.  
In the popup menu, highlight your choice of RAID Level and press Enter.  
The available RAID Levels depend on the number of physical drives you  
selected for your disk array.  
13. Press the arrow keys to highlight Logical Drive Name. Type a name for your  
logical drive and press Enter.  
14. To use less than the full physical drive capacity for this logical drive, highlight  
Capacity and press Enter.  
Press the Delete or Backspace keys to erase the current capacity. Type the  
new capacity in MB to allocate to this logical drive.  
Later, you can assign the unused capacity to a second logical drive.  
15. To change the Stripe Size, highlight Stripe Size and press Enter.  
Highlight your choice of 64 KB, 128 KB, 256 KB, 512 KB, or 1024 KB and  
press Enter.  
16. To change the Sector Size, highlight Sector Size and press Enter.  
Use the default 512 B. Only exceptions are logical drives larger than 2 TB on  
Windows XP 32-bit. See page 246 for more information.  
21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
17. To change the Write Cache Policy, highlight Write Cache Policy and press  
Enter.  
Highlight your choice of Write Through or Write Back and press Enter.  
18. To change the Read Cache Policy, highlight Read Cache Policy and press  
Enter.  
Highlight your choice of None, Read Cache, or Read Ahead and press  
Enter.  
19. Highlight Save Configuration and press Enter.  
The Logical Drive Management screen appears with your new logical drive.  
At this point you can create additional logical drives, if there is physical drive  
space available. To create another logical drive, repeat steps 4 though 18  
above.  
20. Press the F10 key to exit the SuperBuild utility and press Y to confirm and  
restart the computer.  
Do not press the Ctrl-Alt-Del keys. Do not press the Esc key.  
You have successfully created a new RAID logical drive.  
Important  
You must partition and format your new logical drive before you  
can use it. Use the same method of partitioning and formatting a  
logical drive as you would any other fixed disk added to your  
computer system.  
22  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 2: Installation  
Installing the CLI  
The Command Line Interface (CLI) provides rapid setup of disk arrays and logical  
drives. You can also manage your SuperTrak system using the CLI.  
Installing onto Windows  
To install the CLI onto your Windows PC or server:  
1. Boot the PC or server, launch Windows, and log in as the Administrator.  
If the computer is already running, exit all programs. If you are not logged in  
as the Administrator, log out, then log in again as the Administrator.  
2. Insert the Software CD into your CD-ROM drive.  
The installer window opens automatically.  
3. Click the CLI/SNMP button, then click the Install CLI for Windows button.  
The first CLI installation dialog box appears.  
4. In the Introduction dialog box, click the Next button to proceed with  
installation.  
Figure 12. Introduction dialog box  
The CLI uses the same installer as WebPAM PRO. Even though the dialog  
boxes say “WebPAM PRO,” this procedure installs the CLI.  
23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
5. In the License Agreement dialog box, choose the I accept... option, then  
click the Next button.  
Figure 13. License Agreement dialog box  
24  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 2: Installation  
6. In the Choose Destination Location dialog box, you can:  
•
•
Accept the default installation folder (recommended)  
Specify a different installation folder (advanced users)  
When you agree with the proposed installation folder, click the Next button.  
Figure 14. Choose Destination Location dialog box  
25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
7. In the Ready to Install dialog box, click the Install button to continue.  
Figure 15. Ready to Install dialog box  
26  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 2: Installation  
8. In the Install Complete dialog box, click the Finish button to exit the installer.  
Figure 16. Install Complete dialog box  
With the Register Your Product Online box checked, your browser will  
open and go directly to the Promise product registration website. Thank  
you for taking the time to register.  
To open the CLI, click the CLI icon on the desktop (right).  
Go to “Chapter 6: Management with the CLI” on page 149 for  
information about using this application.  
27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Installing onto Linux  
Important  
Check the SuperTrak Read Me file for any issues pertaining to the  
distribution and version of Linux OS running on your PC or server.  
For Linux PCs, Promise offers two different binary files:  
•
•
WebPAM PRO and CLI – Installs either or both WebPAM PRO and the CLI  
CLI only – Installs only the CLI  
Note that both of these binary files open in a terminal window and both files use  
the WebPAM PRO installer. The procedure below installs the CLI only. To install  
WebPAM PRO, see page 47.  
To install the CLI onto your Linux PC or server:  
1. Boot the PC or server, log in as root, and launch the Linux GUI.  
If the computer is already running, exit all programs. If you are not logged in  
as root, log out, then log in again as root.  
2. Insert the Software CD into your CD-ROM drive.  
3. Copy the CLI_Installer...linux.bin file from the Software CD \CLI\Linux  
directory to the /root directory on your PC.  
4. Open a terminal window and type sh followed by one space, the exact name  
of the CLI_Installer...linux.bin file, then press Enter.  
After several moments, the first installation dialog box appears.  
28  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 2: Installation  
5. In the Introduction dialog box, click the Next button to proceed with  
installation.  
Figure 17. Introduction dialog box  
29  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
6. In the License Agreement dialog box, choose the I accept... option, then  
click the Next button.  
Figure 18. License Agreement dialog box  
30  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 2: Installation  
7. When the Choose Install Folder dialog box appears, you can:  
•
•
Accept the default installation folder (recommended)  
Specify a different installation folder (advanced users)  
When you agree with the proposed installation folder, click the Next button.  
Figure 19. Choose Install Folder dialog box  
31  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
8. In the Pre-Installation Summary dialog box, click the Install button to  
continue.  
Figure 20. Pre-Installation Summary dialog box  
32  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 2: Installation  
9. In the Install Complete dialog box, click the Next button to continue.  
Figure 21. Install Compete dialog box  
33  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
10. In the Register On-line dialog box, click the Done button to exit the installer  
Figure 22. Register On-line dialog box  
With the Register Your Product On-line box checked, your browser will open and  
go directly to the Promise product registration website. Thank you for taking the  
time to register.  
Go to the /opt/Promise/WebPAMPRO/Agent/bin directory and type ./cliib to  
start the CLI.  
Go to “Chapter 6: Management with the CLI” on page 149 for information about  
using this application.  
34  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 2: Installation  
Installing the CLI onto FreeBSD  
PCs running FreeBSD do not support WebPAM PRO, therefore they cannot use  
the WebPAM PRO installer. Those systems use a binary file to install the CLI in a  
terminal window.  
Choose the x64 binary file for a 64-bit OS or the x86 binary file for a 32-bit OS.  
To install the CLI onto your FreeBSD PC or server:  
1. Boot the PC or server, log in as root.  
If the computer is already running, exit all programs. If you are not logged in  
as root, log out, then log in again as root.  
2. Insert the Software CD into your CD-ROM drive.  
3. Copy the CLI_Installer...FreeBSD.bin file from the Software CD  
\CLI\FreeBSD directory to the /root directory on your PC.  
4. Open a terminal window and type  
sh CLI_Installer...FreeBSD.bin -i silent  
and press Enter.  
CLI_Installer...FreeBSD.bin represents the exact name of the CLI binary  
file, such as  
CLI_Installer_3_11_0000_00_x64FreeBSD.bin, or  
CLI_Installer_3_11_0000_00_x86FreeBSD.bin  
5. Reboot the PC or server.  
After the installation is finished, type cliib with any shell to start the CLI.  
Go to “Chapter 6: Management with the CLI” on page 149 for information about  
using this application.  
35  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Installing the CLI onto VMware  
The VMware virtualization platfrom does not support WebPAM PRO, therefore  
they cannot use the WebPAM PRO installer. Those systems use a binary file to  
install the CLI in a terminal window.  
Before you begin, download the CLI_Installer...VMware.bin file from the  
Promise Support Website to your PC or server.  
To install the CLI onto your VMware platform:  
1. Boot the PC or server, log in as root.  
If the computer is already running, exit all programs. If you are not logged in  
as root, log out, then log in again as root.  
2. Copy the CLI_Installer...VMware.bin file to the /root directory on your PC.  
3. Open a terminal window and type  
sh CLI_Installer...VMware.bin -i silent  
and press Enter.  
CLI_Installer...VMware.bin represents the exact name of the CLI binary file,  
such as CLI_Installer_3_11_0000_00_VMware.bin  
After the installation is finished, go to the /opt/Promise/WebPAMPRO/Agent/bin  
directory and type ./cliib to start the CLI.  
Go to “Chapter 6: Management with the CLI” on page 149 for information about  
using this application.  
36  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 2: Installation  
Installing WebPAM PRO  
Web-Based Promise Array Management—Professional (WebPAM PRO)  
software provides a browser-based graphic user interface used to monitor and  
manage Promise RAID products and their logical drives. Because it works over  
your network, it can monitor and control multiple systems.  
WebPAM PRO involves four components:  
•
•
•
Utility Server – Enables RAID management over a network  
Agent – Enables the Host PC to communicate with the Utility Server  
Java Runtime Environment (JRE) – A private installation for  
WebPAM PRO  
•
Internet Browser – Comes with your OS  
When you install WebPAM PRO on a PC or server, you are installing the Utility  
Server, Agent, and JRE.  
•
•
•
•
•
•
Utility Server (page 37)  
Agent (page 37)  
JRE (page 38)  
Internet Browser (page 38)  
Installing WebPAM PRO onto Windows (page 39)  
Installing WebPAM PRO onto Linux (page 47)  
Utility Server  
The Utility Server can run on the Host PC (where the SuperTrak card is installed),  
or on a networked PC, if your WebPAM PRO system includes remote  
management over a network. You run the Utility Server by directing your browser  
to the IP address of the Host PC.  
Agent  
The Agent runs on the Host PC (where the SuperTrak card is installed). After you  
have logged into the Utility Server through WebPAM PRO, the Utility Server  
accesses the Agent on the Host PC. As the user, you do not access the Agent  
directly.  
Operating System Support  
On the Host PC where you install the SuperTrak controller and WebPAM PRO,  
Promise Technology recommends:  
•
•
•
Windows Server 2008 (64 bit) with or without Hyper-V  
Windows Server 2008 (32 bit)  
Windows Vista (32 or 64 bit)  
37  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Windows Server 2003 SP1, SP2; R2 (32 or 64 bit)  
Windows XP Professional SP2, SP3 (32 or 64 bit)  
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 5.0, 5.1, 5.2 (32 or 64 bit)  
SuSE Open 10.2, 10.3, 11 (32 or 64 bit)  
SuSE SLES 10, 10 SP1 (32 or 64 bit)  
Miracle Linux 4 SP2, 5 (32 or 64 bit)  
Fedora Core 6, 7, 8, 9 (32 or 64 bit)  
Open Source Driver for Linux 2.6 kernel (32 or 64 bit)  
Choose one of these operating systems to take full advantage of all the features  
of WebPAM PRO.  
JRE  
The WebPAM PRO installation program installs a private Java Runtime  
Environment (JRE) under the same directory where WebPAM PRO is installed.  
WebPAM PRO uses this private JRE to avoid incompatibility issues with any  
other JREs that may be present on your system.  
Internet Browser  
Typically an Internet browser comes with your operating system. The WebPAM  
PRO installer does not include a browser. For computers that will remotely  
monitor and manage the RAID, the browser is the only software required.  
Browser Support  
Choose the latest version of the following browsers to use with WebPAM PRO:  
•
•
•
Internet Explorer  
Firefox  
Netscape Navigator  
If you do not have one of the above browsers on the Host PC, install the browser  
first and make it the default browser. Then install WebPAM PRO.  
Important  
Install the SuperTrak driver for your operating system before  
installing WebPAM PRO. See “Chapter 3: Installing Drivers” on  
page 59 for instructions.  
38  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 2: Installation  
Caution  
If you have WebPAM or an earlier version of WebPAM PRO on  
your PC or server, manually uninstall them before you install  
WebPAM PRO from the Software CD.  
Go to one of the following procedures:  
•
•
“Installing WebPAM PRO onto Windows” on page 39.  
“Installing WebPAM PRO onto Linux” on page 47.  
Installing WebPAM PRO onto Windows  
To install WebPAM PRO onto your Windows-based PC or server:  
1. Boot the PC or server, launch Windows, and log in as the Administrator.  
If the computer is already running, exit all programs. If you are not logged in  
as the Administrator, log out, then log in again as the Administrator.  
2. Insert the Software CD into your CD-ROM drive.  
The installer window opens automatically.  
3. Click the WebPAM PRO Software button, then click the Install WebPAM  
PRO for Windows button.  
The first WebPAM PRO installation dialog box appears.  
4. In the Introduction dialog box, click the Next button to proceed with  
installation.  
Figure 23. Introduction dialog box  
39  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
5. In the License Agreement dialog box, choose the I accept... option, then  
click the Next button.  
Figure 24. License Agreement dialog box  
40  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 2: Installation  
6. In the Setup Type dialog box, choose the option you prefer:  
•
Typical – Installs the Agent, Server, and CLI. Recommended for most  
users.  
•
Custom – Enables you to choose which components to install. Optional  
for advanced users.  
Click the Next button to continue.  
Figure 25. Setup Type dialog box  
41  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
7. Optional. If you chose the Custom option, the Select Features dialog box  
appears. Choose any combination of three options:  
•
Agent Feature – The Agent is required on the Host PC (where the  
SuperTrak card is installed) and for In-band management of  
subsystems.  
•
Server Feature – The Utility Server is required for local or remote  
management. If you have a network, install the Server on one of your  
networked PCs. If you have only local management, install the Server  
on the Host PC (where the SuperTrak card is installed).  
•
CLI Feature – The Command Line Interface runs on the Host PC  
(where the SuperTrak card is installed) and provides local management  
only.  
Checked items will be installed. Uncheck items you do not want to install.  
Click the Next button to continue.  
Figure 26. Custom Setup dialog box  
42  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 2: Installation  
8. In the Choose Destination Location dialog box, you can:  
•
•
Accept the default installation folder. Recommended for most users.  
Specify a different installation folder. Optional for advanced users.  
When you agree with the proposed installation folder, click the Next button.  
Figure 27. Choose Destination Location dialog box  
43  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
9. In the WebPAM PRO Server dialog box, check the box to select SSL  
security.  
External SSL Security – Applies security to all connections involving the  
Internet or outside your company firewall.  
Security options are invisible to authorized users.  
Promise Technology provides a default certificate for the server as well as for  
internal data communication. However, in some cases it is better to install  
and verify your own certificate for the webserver. And, if possible, verify the  
certificate by a certificate authority such as Verisign or Thwate. See your MIS  
Administrator for guidance.  
Click the Next button to continue.  
Figure 28. WebPAM PRO Server dialog box  
Note  
If you are only installing the CLI, this dialog box does not appear.  
44  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 2: Installation  
10. In the Ready to Install dialog box, click the Install button to continue.  
Figure 29. Ready to Install dialog box  
45  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
11. In the Install Complete dialog box, click the Finish button to exit the installer.  
Figure 30. Install Complete dialog box  
With the Register Your Product Online box checked, your browser will open and  
go directly to the Promise product registration website. Thank you for taking the  
time to register.  
This completes the WebPAM PRO installation for Windows. Go to “Logging into  
WebPAM PRO” on page 55.  
46  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 2: Installation  
Installing WebPAM PRO onto Linux  
Important  
Check the SuperTrak Read Me file for any issues pertaining to the  
distribution and version of Linux OS that you are running.  
To install WebPAM PRO onto your Linux-based PC or server:  
1. Boot the PC or server, log in as root, and launch the Linux GUI.  
If the computer is already running, exit all programs. If you are not logged in  
as root, log out, then log in again as root.  
2. Insert the Software CD into your CD-ROM drive.  
3. Go to the WebPAM PRO / Linux directory on the CD-ROM and copy the  
WebPAMPRO...Linux.bin file to the root directory.  
4. Open a terminal window and type sh followed by the exact name of the  
./WebPAMPRO...Linux.bin file, then press Enter.  
After several moments, the first WebPAM PRO installation dialog box  
appears.  
5. In the Introduction dialog box, click the Next button to proceed with  
installation.  
Figure 31. Introduction dialog box  
47  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
6. In the License Agreement dialog box, choose the I accept... option, then  
click the Next button.  
Figure 32. License Agreement dialog box  
48  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 2: Installation  
7. In the Choose Install Product dialog box, choose any combination of three  
options:  
•
•
•
WebPAM PRO Utility Server – One Server must be installed on the  
network, or on the Host PC if there is only local management  
WebPAM PRO Agent – The Agent must be installed on every PC or  
Server where a SuperTrak Controller card has been installed  
Inband CLI Only – Installs the Command Line Interface (CLI)  
You can install the CLI now or at a later time.  
Checked items will be installed. Uncheck items you do not want to install.  
Click the Next button to continue.  
Figure 33. Choose Install Product dialog box  
49  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
8. When the Choose Install Folder dialog box appears, you can:  
•
•
Accept the default installation folder. Recommended for most users.  
Specify a different installation folder. Optional for advanced users.  
When you agree with the proposed installation folder, click the Next button.  
Figure 34. Choose Install Folder dialog box  
50  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 2: Installation  
9. In the SSL Security Options dialog box, check the box to select SSL security.  
External SSL Security – Applies security to all connections involving the  
Internet or outside your company firewall.  
Security options are invisible to authorized users.  
Promise Technology provides a default certificate for the server as well as for  
internal data communication. However, in some cases it is better to install  
and verify your own certificate for the webserver. And, if possible, verify the  
certificate by a certificate authority such as Verisign or Thwate. See your MIS  
Administrator for guidance.  
Click the Next button to continue.  
Figure 35. SSL Security Options dialog box  
Note  
If you are only installing the CLI, this dialog box does not appear.  
51  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
10. In the Pre-Installation Summary dialog box, click the Install button to  
continue.  
Figure 36. Pre-Installation Summary dialog box  
52  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 2: Installation  
11. In the Install Complete dialog box, click the Next button to continue.  
Figure 37. Install Compete dialog box  
53  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
12. In the Register On-line dialog box, click the Done button to exit the installer  
Figure 38. Register On-line dialog box  
With the Register Your Product On-line box checked, your browser will open and  
go directly to the Promise product registration website. Thank you for taking the  
time to register.  
Note  
The first time you install WebPAM PRO on a RedHat Linux  
system, the WebPAM PRO icon appears on the desktop but not in  
the application menu. Please log out, then log in again, and the  
WebPAM PRO icon will thereafter appear in the application menu.  
This completes the WebPAM PRO installation for Linux. Go to “Logging into  
WebPAM PRO” on page 55.  
54  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 2: Installation  
Logging into WebPAM PRO  
You can log into WebPAM PRO in either of two ways:  
•
•
Logging in at the Host PC (page 55)  
Logging in over the Network (page 55)  
Logging in at the Host PC  
At the Host PC (where the SuperTrak EX Controller is installed), do one of the  
following actions:  
•
•
•
•
Double-click the WebPAM PRO desktop icon.  
Choose WebPAM PRO in the Windows Programs menu.  
Choose WebPAM PRO in the Linux Applications menu.  
Follow the steps under “Logging in over the Network”.  
Logging in over the Network  
You can log into WebPAM PRO from any PC with a network connection to the  
Host PC (where the SuperTrak EX Controller is installed).  
1. Launch your Browser.  
2. In the Browser address field, type the information provided below, then press  
Enter.  
If you selected External SSL Security during installation (Windows, see  
page 44; Linux, see page 51), use the Secure Connection. Otherwise, use  
the Regular Connection.  
Regular Connection  
•
•
•
•
WebPAM PRO uses an HTTP connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .http://  
Enter the Host PC’s IP address. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192.168.10.228  
Enter the Port number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :8080  
Add promise to launch WebPAM PRO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . /promise  
Together, your entry looks like this:  
http://192.168.10.228:8080/promise  
Secure Connection  
•
•
•
•
WebPAM PRO uses a secure HTTP connection. . . . . . . . . . .https://  
Enter the Host PC’s IP address. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192.168.10.228  
Enter the Port number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :8443  
Add promise to launch WebPAM PRO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . /promise  
55  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Together, your entry looks like this:  
https://192.168.10.228:8443/promise  
Notes  
You can enter the Host PC’s network name in place of the IP  
•
•
•
address.  
If you are logging in at the Host PC, you can enter localhost  
in place of the IP address.  
Whether you select a regular or a secure connection, your  
WebPAM PRO user name and password are always secure.  
Login Screen  
When the opening screen appears:  
1. Type administrator in the User Name field.  
2. Type password in the Password field.  
3. Click the Login button.  
The User Name and Password are case sensitive. See Figure 39.  
Figure 39. The WebPAM PRO login screen  
56  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 2: Installation  
Setting up WebPAM PRO  
The first time you use WebPAM PRO, you must add the Host PC so that  
WebPAM PRO will recognize it. You only need to perform this procedure once.  
To add the Host PC:  
1. In the Tree, click  
See Figure 40.  
Subsystem/Host Management.  
Figure 40. WebPAM PRO initial login screen  
Click Subsystem/Host Management  
2. Click the Add Subsystem/Host tab.  
3. In the Subsystem/Host Port IP address field, type the IP address of the  
Host PC where you installed the SuperTrak EX Controller card.  
If you are working at the same Host PC where the SuperTrak card is  
installed, you can also type 127.0.0.1 in the IP address field.  
Entries such as localhost or the Host PC’s network name do not work for this  
function.  
57  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Figure 41. Add Subsystem/Host tab  
4. Click the Submit button.  
The newly added host appears in the Tree, on the left side of the  
WebPAM PRO screen.  
This completes the WebPAM PRO installation and initial setup. Go to “Chapter 5:  
Management with WebPAM PRO” on page 107 for information about using this  
application.  
58  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 3: Installing Drivers  
•
Driver Installation Media  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Red Hat Linux Enterprise 4.4, 4.5  
•
•
Windows (page 60)  
•
•
New OS Installation (page 70)  
Existing System (page 70)  
Linux and FreeBSD (page 61)  
•
Windows Server 2008  
Fedora Core 6  
•
•
•
New OS Installation (page 62)  
Existing System (page 63)  
•
•
New OS Installation (page 71)  
Existing System (page 71)  
Confirming Driver Installation  
(page 63)  
Fedora Core 7, 8  
•
•
New OS Installation (page 72)  
Existing System (page 72)  
•
•
•
Windows Vista  
•
•
•
New OS Installation (page 64)  
SuSE Open 10.2, 10.3, 10.5, 11  
Existing System (page 65)  
•
•
New OS Installation (page 73)  
Existing System (page 73)  
Confirming Driver Installation  
(page 65)  
SuSE SLES 10, 10 SP1  
Windows Server 2003  
•
•
New OS Installation (page 74)  
Existing System (page 74)  
•
•
•
New OS Installation (page 66)  
Existing System (page 67)  
Miracle Linux 4  
Confirming Driver Installation  
(page 67)  
•
•
New OS Installation (page 76)  
Existing System (page 77)  
Windows XP  
FreeBSD 6.1, 6.2  
•
•
•
New OS Installation (page 68)  
•
•
New OS Installation (page 76)  
Existing System (page 77)  
Existing System (page 69)  
Confirming Driver Installation  
(page 69)  
VMware ESX Server 3.0.2, 3.5.0  
•
•
New OS Installation (page 78)  
Existing System (page 78)  
Following are installation procedures for the SuperTrak drivers for Windows,  
Linux, and FreeBSD included on the software CD.  
Download the latest drivers from the Promise Support Website.  
The software CD also includes source code files for compiling your own Linux  
drivers. Source code files begin with the letters SRC.  
59  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
.
Important  
If you are using a Linux distribution for which there are no  
compiled drivers, please access the Promise Knowledge Base  
and call up Article 10029.  
Driver Installation Media  
Windows  
If your Windows PC does not have a floppy drive, copy the driver file to a CD or a  
USB stick, whichever your PC supports.  
To prepare a driver diskette, CD, or USB stick for Windows:  
1. Insert the software CD into your CD-ROM drive.  
2. Click the Driver button.  
3. Click the Driver for Windows button.  
4. Click the button for your Windows system:  
•
•
2000 or XP 32-bit – Windows SCSIPort Driver  
All other versions – Windows STORPort Driver  
5. Insert a blank diskette, a writable CD, or attach a USB memory stick to your  
PC.  
6. Copy the driver file to the diskette, CD, or USB stick.  
Check the driver’s ReadMe file for important information.  
60  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 3: Installing Drivers  
Linux and FreeBSD  
For BSD, start with a diskette. For Linux, choose the medium that works for your  
system.  
If your Linux PC does not have a floppy drive, copy the driver file to a CD or a  
USB stick, whichever your PC supports.  
To prepare a driver diskette, CD, or USB stick for Linux:  
1. Insert the software CD into your CD-ROM drive.  
2. Click the Driver button.  
3. Click the button for your OS:  
•
•
•
•
Driver for Miracle Linux  
Driver for RedHat / Fedora  
Driver for SUSE  
Driver for FreeBSD  
4. Double-click the folder for your OS version.  
5. Manually copy the driver .tar.gz file from the folder to your PC’s hard drive.  
6. Open a terminal window and untar the driver file. Below is an example:  
tar zxvf RH-306010003.tar.gz  
7. Insert a blank diskette, a writable CD, or attach a USB memory stick to your  
PC.  
8. Copy the driver file to the diskette, CD, or USB stick.  
Check the driver’s ReadMe file for important information.  
61  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Windows Server 2008  
New OS Installation  
The following details the installation of the SuperTrak EX Series RAID Controller  
drivers while installing Windows Server 2008.  
1. Start the installation: Boot from the CD-ROM.  
2. When the “Where do you want to install Windows?” dialog box appears, click  
Load Driver.  
3. Insert the SuperTrak driver diskette into drive A: or attach a USB memory  
stick with the SuperTrak driver to the USB port.  
4. In the Load Driver dialog box, click the Browse button.  
5. In the Browse for Folder dialog box, click the diskette or USB stick, then click  
the OK button.  
6. In the “Select the driver to be installed” dialog box, highlight Promise  
SuperTrak EX [4650, 8650, 8654, 8658, 16650] (tm) Controller, then click the  
Next button.  
7. When the “Where do you want to install Windows?” dialog box appears  
again, in the list of Disks, highlight the Disk representing your logical drive  
(the Disk with unallocated space), then click the Next button.  
8. Continue the Windows installation.  
62  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 3: Installing Drivers  
Existing System  
After installing the SuperTrak EX Series RAID Controller card and rebooting your  
system, Windows Server 2008 setup will show a “Found New Hardware” dialog  
box.  
1. Choose the Locate and install driver software option and click the Next  
button.  
The “Found New Hardware – RAID Controller” dialog box displays the  
message: “Allow Windows to search online for driver software for your RAID  
Controller?”  
2. Choose the Don’t search online option.  
The “Found New Hardware – RAID Controller” dialog box displays the  
message: “Insert the disc that came with your RAID Controller.”  
3. Insert the driver diskette into the floppy drive and click the Next button.  
Windows loads the driver and displays the “Found New Hardware” dialog  
box with message: “Windows has finished installing the driver software for  
this device Promise SuperTrak EX [4650, 8650, 8654, 8658, 16650] (tm)  
Controller.”  
4. Click the Close button to finish driver installation.  
Confirming Driver Installation  
1. Right-click the My Computer icon and choose Manage from the popup  
menu.  
2. From the left panel, choose Device Manager.  
3. Click the + in front of Storage controllers. “Promise SuperTrak EX [4650,  
8650, 8654, 8658, 16650] (tm) Controller” and “Promise Raid Console”  
should appear.  
63  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Windows Vista  
New OS Installation  
The following details the installation of the SuperTrak EX Series RAID Controller  
drivers while installing Windows Vista.  
1. Start the installation: Boot from the CD-ROM.  
2. When the “Where do you want to install Windows?” dialog box appears, click  
Load Driver.  
3. Insert the SuperTrak driver diskette into drive A: or attach a USB memory  
stick with the SuperTrak driver to the USB port.  
4. In the Load Driver dialog box, click the Browse button.  
5. In the Browse for Folder dialog box, click the diskette or USB stick, then click  
the OK button.  
6. In the “Select the driver to be installed” dialog box, highlight Promise  
SuperTrak EX [4650, 8650, 8654, 8658, 16650] (tm) Controller, then click the  
Next button.  
7. When the “Where do you want to install Windows?” dialog box appears  
again, in the list of Disks, highlight the Disk representing your logical drive  
(the Disk with unallocated space), then click the Next button.  
8. Continue the Windows installation.  
64  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 3: Installing Drivers  
Existing System  
After installing the SuperTrak EX Series RAID Controller card and rebooting your  
system, Windows Vista setup will show a “Found New Hardware” dialog box.  
1. Choose the Locate and install driver software option and click the Next  
button.  
The “Found New Hardware – RAID Controller” dialog box displays the  
message: “Allow Windows to search online for driver software for your RAID  
Controller?”  
2. Choose the Don’t search online option.  
The “Found New Hardware – RAID Controller” dialog box displays the  
message: “Insert the disc that came with your RAID Controller.”  
3. Insert the driver diskette into the floppy drive and click the Next button.  
Windows loads the driver and displays the “Found New Hardware” dialog  
box with message: “Windows has finished installing the driver software for  
this device Promise SuperTrak EX [4650, 8650, 8654, 8658, 16650] (tm)  
Controller.”  
4. Click the Close button to finish driver installation.  
Confirming Driver Installation  
1. Right-click the My Computer icon and choose Manage from the popup  
menu.  
2. From the left panel, choose Device Manager.  
3. Click the + in front of Storage controllers. “Promise SuperTrak EX [4650,  
8650, 8654, 8658, 16650] (tm) Controller” and “Promise Raid Console”  
should appear.  
65  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Windows Server 2003  
New OS Installation  
The following details the installation of the SuperTrak EX Series RAID Controller  
drivers while installing Windows Server 2003.  
1. Start the installation:  
•
Floppy Install: Boot the computer with the Windows Server 2003  
installation diskettes.  
•
CD-ROM Install: Boot from the CD-ROM. Press F6 after the message  
“Press F6 if you need to install third party SCSI or RAID driver” appears.  
2. When the Windows Server 2003 Setup window is generated, press S to  
specify an Additional Device(s).  
3. Insert the SuperTrak driver diskette into drive A: and press Enter.  
4. Choose Promise SuperTrak EX [4650, 8650, 8654, 8658, 16650] (tm)  
Controller from the list that appears on screen, and then press the Enter.  
5. The Windows Server 2003 Setup screen will appear again saying “Setup will  
load support for the following mass storage devices:” The list will include  
“Promise SuperTrak EX [4650, 8650, 8654, 8658, 16650] (tm) Controller”.  
NOTE: If there are any additional devices to be installed, specify them now.  
When all devices are specified, continue to the next step.  
6. From the Windows Server 2003 Setup screen, press the Enter. Setup will  
now load all device files and then continue the Windows Server 2003  
installation.  
66  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 3: Installing Drivers  
Existing System  
After installing the SuperTrak EX Series RAID Controller card and rebooting your  
system, Windows Server 2003 setup will show a “Found New Hardware” dialog  
box. Under Windows 2003, “RAID Controller” will be displayed.  
1. Insert the SuperTrak driver diskette into the A:\ drive.  
2. Choose Install the software automatically and press the Enter key.  
3. If using a driver that has not been digitally signed by Microsoft, you will be  
asked if you want to continue the installation. Click Continue anyway.  
4. When the New Hardware Wizard has finished installing the SuperTrak driver,  
click Finish.  
Confirming Driver Installation  
1. Right-click the My Computer icon and choose Manage from the popup  
menu.  
2. From the left panel, choose Device Manager.  
3. Click the + in front of SCSI and RAID controllers. “Promise SuperTrak EX  
[4650, 8650, 8654, 8658, 16650] (tm) Controller” and “Promise Raid  
Console” should appear.  
67  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Windows XP  
New OS Installation  
The following details the installation of the SuperTrak EX Series RAID Controller  
drivers while installing Windows XP.  
1. Start the installation:  
•
Floppy Install: Boot the computer with the Windows XP installation  
diskettes.  
•
CD-ROM Install: Boot from the CD-ROM. Press F6 after the message  
“Press F6 if you need to install third party SCSI or RAID driver” appears.  
2. When the Windows XP Setup window is generated, press S to specify an  
Additional Device(s).  
3. Insert the SuperTrak driver diskette into drive A: and press Enter.  
4. Choose Promise SuperTrak EX [4650, 8650, 8654, 8658, 16650] (tm)  
Controller from the list that appears on screen, and then press the Enter.  
5. The Windows XP Setup screen will appear again saying “Setup will load  
support for the following mass storage devices:” The list will include  
“Promise SuperTrak EX [4650, 8650, 8654, 8658, 16650] (tm) Controller”.  
NOTE: If there are any additional devices to be installed, specify them now.  
When all devices are specified, continue to the next step.  
6. From the Windows XP Setup screen, press the Enter. Setup will now load all  
device files and then continue the Windows XP installation.  
68  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 3: Installing Drivers  
Existing System  
After installing the SuperTrak EX Series RAID Controller card and rebooting your  
system, Windows XP setup will show a “Found New Hardware” dialog box.  
1. Insert the SuperTrak driver diskette into the A:\ drive.  
2. Choose Install the software automatically and press the Enter key.  
3. If using a driver that has not been digitally signed by Microsoft, you will be  
asked if you want to continue the installation. Click Continue anyway.  
4. When the New Hardware Wizard has finished installing the SuperTrak driver,  
click Finish.  
Confirming Driver Installation  
1. Right-click the My Computer icon and choose Manage from the popup  
menu.  
2. From the left panel, choose Device Manager.  
3. Click the + in front of SCSI and RAID controllers. “Promise SuperTrak EX  
[4650, 8650, 8654, 8658, 16650] (tm) Controller” and “Promise Raid  
Console” should appear.  
69  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Red Hat Linux Enterprise 4.4, 4.5  
New OS Installation  
1. Start the RedHat Linux Installation by booting from the install CD.  
2. At the “Welcome to Red Hat Linux...” installation screen, a prompt labeled  
boot: will appear at the bottom of the screen. Type linux dd and press  
Enter.  
3. When the Installer asks, “Do you have a driver disk?” click Yes.  
4. At the “Insert your driver disk and press OK to continue,” click OK.  
At the Devices dialog box, insert the driver diskette or CD, or attach the USB  
stick and click OK.  
5. Continue with the installation normally.  
Note: Check the readme file, included with the downloaded driver files, for  
instructions on installing the RAID Console.  
Note: The RHEL 5 kernel includes a SuperTrak driver.  
Existing System  
1. Insert the driver diskette or CD, or attach the USB stick.  
2. Log in as root.  
3. Type mount -r /dev/fd0 /mnt/floppy.  
Change this command as needed for a CD or USB stick.  
4. Type cd /mnt/floppy  
Change this command as needed for a CD or USB stick.  
5. Type sh ./install.  
6. When the Installer asks, “You are installing a driver on an existing OS. Is it  
true (y/n)?” press Y, then press Enter.  
7. Type cd; umount /mnt/floppy.  
Change this command as needed for a CD or USB stick.  
8. Remove the driver diskette, CD, or USB stick.  
9. Type reboot to restart the system.  
70  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 3: Installing Drivers  
Fedora Core 6  
New OS Installation  
1. Start the Fedora Core Installation by booting from the install CD.  
2. At the “Welcome to Fedora 6...” installation screen, a prompt labeled boot:  
will appear at the bottom of the screen. Type linux dd acpi=off and press  
Enter.  
3. When the Installer asks, “Do you have a driver disk?” click Yes.  
4. At the “Insert your driver disk and press OK to continue,” click OK.  
At the Devices dialog box, insert the driver diskette or CD, or attach the USB  
stick and click OK.  
5. Continue with the installation normally.  
Note: Include acpi=off in the boot script to ensure proper system startup.  
Existing System  
1. Insert the driver diskette or CD, or attach the USB stick.  
2. Log in as root.  
3. Type mount -r /dev/fd0 /mnt/floppy.  
Change this command as needed for a CD or USB stick.  
4. Type cd /mnt/floppy  
Change this command as needed for a CD or USB stick.  
5. Type sh ./install.  
6. When the Installer asks, “You are installing a driver on an existing OS. Is it  
true (y/n)?” press Y, then press Enter.  
7. Type cd; umount /mnt/floppy.  
Change this command as needed for a CD or USB stick.  
8. Remove the driver diskette, CD, or USB stick.  
9. Type reboot to restart the system.  
Note: Include acpi=off in the boot script to ensure proper system startup.  
71  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Fedora Core 7, 8  
New OS Installation  
1. Start the Fedora Core Installation by booting from the install CD.  
2. At the “Welcome to Fedora...” installation screen, highlight the Install or  
upgrade an existing system option, then press the Tab key for edit options.  
A prompt labeled boot: will appear at the bottom of the screen.  
3. Type linux dd and press Enter.  
4. When the Installer asks, “Do you have a driver disk?” click Yes.  
5. At the “Insert your driver disk and press OK to continue,” click OK.  
At the Devices dialog box, insert the driver diskette or CD, or attach the USB  
stick and click OK.  
6. Continue with the installation normally.  
Note: For Fedora Core 7, include acpi=off in the boot script to ensure proper  
system startup.  
Existing System  
1. Insert the driver diskette or CD, or attach the USB stick.  
2. Log in as root.  
3. Type mount -r /dev/fd0 /mnt/floppy.  
Change this command as needed for a CD or USB stick.  
4. Type cd /mnt/floppy  
Change this command as needed for a CD or USB stick.  
5. Type sh ./install.  
6. When the Installer asks, “You are installing a driver on an existing OS. Is it  
true (y/n)?” press Y, then press Enter.  
7. Type cd; umount /mnt/floppy.  
Change this command as needed for a CD or USB stick.  
8. Remove the driver diskette, CD, or USB stick.  
9. Type reboot to restart the system.  
Note: For Fedora Core 7, include acpi=off in the boot script to ensure proper  
system startup.  
72  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 3: Installing Drivers  
SuSE Open 10.2, 10.3, 10.5, 11  
New OS Installation  
1. Start the SuSE Linux Installation by booting from the install CD.  
2. As the system boots, press F6 for the driver diskette, CD, or USB stick.  
3. Choose the Yes option.  
4. Move the cursor to highlight the Installation option, then press Enter.  
5. When the Driver Update Menu pops up, choose your driver diskette, CD, or  
USB stick.  
Then click OK and click Back to return to the installer.  
6. Follow the on-screen prompts to complete the installation.  
Existing System  
1. Insert the driver diskette or CD, or attach the USB stick.  
2. Log in as root.  
3. Type mount /dev/fd0 /media/floppy.  
Change this command as needed for a CD or USB stick.  
4. Type cd /media/floppy  
Change this command as needed for a CD or USB stick.  
5. Type sh ./install.  
6. Type cd; umount /media/floppy.  
Change this command as needed for a CD or USB stick.  
7. Remove the driver diskette, CD, or USB stick.  
8. Type reboot to restart the system.  
73  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
SuSE SLES 10, 10 SP1  
New OS Installation  
1. Start the SuSE Linux Installation by booting from the install CD.  
2. As the system boots, press F5 for the driver diskette, CD, or USB stick.  
3. Choose the Yes option.  
4. Move the cursor to highlight the Installation – ACPI Disabled option, then  
press Enter.  
5. When the Driver Update Menu pops up, choose your driver diskette, CD, or  
USB stick.  
Then click OK and click Back to return to the installer.  
6. Follow the on-screen prompts to complete the installation.  
Existing System  
1. Insert the driver diskette or CD, or attach the USB stick.  
2. Log in as root.  
3. Type mount /dev/fd0 /media/floppy.  
Change this command as needed for a CD or USB stick.  
4. Type cd /media/floppy  
Change this command as needed for a CD or USB stick.  
5. Type sh ./install.  
6. Type cd; umount /media/floppy.  
Change this command as needed for a CD or USB stick.  
7. Remove the driver diskette, CD, or USB stick.  
8. Type reboot to restart the system.  
74  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 3: Installing Drivers  
Miracle Linux 4  
New OS Installation  
1. Start the Miracle Linux Installation by booting from the install CD.  
2. At the “Asianux” installation screen, a prompt labeled boot: will appear at the  
bottom of the screen. Type linux dd and press Enter.  
3. When the Installer asks, “Do you have a driver disk?” click Yes.  
4. At the “Insert your driver disk and press OK to continue,” insert the driver  
diskette or CD, or attach the USB stick and click OK.  
5. Continue with the installation normally.  
Note: The Miracle Linux 5 kernel includes a SuperTrak driver.  
Existing System  
1. Insert the driver diskette or CD, or attach the USB stick.  
2. Log in as root.  
3. Type mount -r /dev/fd0 /mnt/floppy.  
Change this command as needed for a CD or USB stick.  
4. Type cd /mnt/floppy  
Change this command as needed for a CD or USB stick.  
5. Type sh ./install.  
6. When the Installer asks, “You are installing a driver on an existing OS. Is it  
true (y/n)?” press Y, then press Enter.  
7. Type cd; umount /mnt/floppy.  
Change this command as needed for a CD or USB stick.  
8. Remove the driver diskette, CD, or USB stick.  
9. Type reboot to restart the system.  
75  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
FreeBSD 6.1, 6.2  
New OS Installation  
1. Start the FreeBSD Installation by booting from the install CD.  
2. When the console menu appears, choose 6. Escape to loader prompt and  
press any key except Enter to confirm your choice.  
3. Insert the driver diskette.  
4. Type the following commands and press Enter:  
set currdev=disk0  
load /stex.ko  
set currdev=cd0  
boot  
5. Remove the driver diskette and continue the installation.  
6. When the installation is finished, DO NOT EXIT.  
Press Alt-F4 to switch to another screen.  
7. Verify whether a device node exists.  
Type the following command and press Enter.  
ls /dev/fd0  
Option 1. Device Node Exists  
1. Type the following commands and press Enter.  
mount -t msdos /dev/fd0 /cdrom  
/cdrom/install  
2. After those commands finish, type the following command and press Enter.  
umount /cdrom  
3. Remove the driver diskette.  
4. Press Alt+F1, exit the installation, and reboot your PC.  
Option 2. Device Node Does Not Exist  
1. Obtain a blank USB device, a disk drive or a memory stick, formatted to FAT  
or FAT32 (MSDOS).  
2. Copy the files from the driver diskette to the root directory of the USB device.  
3. Attach the USB device to the PC.  
4. Type the following commands and press Enter.  
mount -t msdos /dev/daXsX /cdrom  
/cdrom/install  
Where /dev/daXs is the device node for the USB device.  
76  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 3: Installing Drivers  
5. After those commands finish, type the following command and press Enter.  
umount /cdrom  
6. Remove the USB device.  
7. Press Alt+F1, exit the installation, and reboot your PC.  
Existing System  
1. Insert the driver diskette or CD, or attach the USB stick.  
2. Log in as root.  
3. Type mount -r /dev/fd0 /mnt/floppy.  
Change this command as needed for a CD or USB stick.  
4. Type cd /mnt/floppy  
Change this command as needed for a CD or USB stick.  
5. Type ./load.  
6. Type cd; umount /mnt/floppy.  
Change this command as needed for a CD or USB stick.  
7. Remove the driver diskette, CD, or USB stick.  
8. Type reboot to restart the system.  
77  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
VMware ESX Server 3.0.2, 3.5.0  
New OS Installation  
1. Download the VMware driver ISO image from the Promise Support Website.  
2. Burn the VMware driver ISO image to a CD.  
3. Place the driver CD in the CD-ROM drive.  
4. Reboot the computer.  
5. When prompted for an upgrade or installation method, press Enter for  
graphical mode.  
6. Specify your language.  
7. Select a keyboard type.  
8. If your Driver CD successfully loaded, you will be prompted to insert the ESX  
Server CD and restart.  
9. Continue with the ESX Server installation.  
Existing System  
1. Download the VMware driver ISO image from the Promise Support Website.  
2. Burn the VMware driver ISO image to a CD.  
3. Log into the system as the Superuser.  
4. Insert the driver CD into the CD-ROM.  
If CD does not mount automatically, type the following comand and press  
Enter:  
mount /mnt/cdrom  
5. Type the following command and press Enter to install the driver RPM:  
rpm -ivh /mnt/cdrom/VMupdates/RPMS/VMware-esx-  
drivers-scsi-stex-<driver version>-i386.rpm  
If the installation fails due to conflicts, try installing with the --force option.  
6. Type the followig commands and press Enter to update the boot file and  
regenerate GRUB:  
esxcfg-boot -rg  
esxcfg-boot -b  
If the ESX Server did not install on the SuperTrak EX controller, copy stex.o  
From /usr/lib/vmware/vmkmod/  
To /lib/modules/2.4.xxxxx/kernel/drivers/scsi/  
7. Reboot ESX Server.  
78  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 3: Installing Drivers  
8. Remove the CD from the CD-ROM.  
Note: If the driver did not load after the server rebooted, try one of the following  
actions to make the ESX Server reconfigure its hardware settings:  
•
•
Move the SuperTrak EX controller to a different slot.  
Remove the existing SuperTrak EX controller and install a different  
SuperTrak EX controller in its place.  
79  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
80  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 4: SuperBuild™ Utility  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
SuperTrak BIOS (below)  
Accessing the Main Menu (page 84)  
Selecting a Controller (page 85)  
Viewing Controller Information (page 86)  
Managing Physical Drives (page 87)  
Managing Disk Arrays (page 89)  
Managing Logical Drives (page 92)  
Managing Spare Drives (page 97)  
Viewing Background Activity (page 100)  
Managing the Event Log (page 101)  
Working with Time Sync (page 103)  
Using the Miscellaneous Menu (page 104)  
SuperTrak BIOS  
This section explains the information that you can obtain from the SuperTrak  
BIOS.  
When the SuperTrak BIOS loads during bootup, the BIOS displays pertinent  
information about the RAID logical drives. At this point, press Ctrl-S to enter the  
SuperBuild Configuration Utility.  
The SuperTrak BIOS screen displays the following information:  
•
•
Summary of Controller – The SuperTrak controller model number.  
Version of Single Image – The version number of the image used to update  
the firmware on the SuperTrak controller.  
•
•
•
Number of Physical Drives – The number of physical drives attached to  
this controller.  
Number of Disk Arrays – The number of disk arrays managed by this  
controller.  
Number of Logical Drives – The number of logical drives managed by this  
controller.  
See Figure 1.  
81  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Figure 1. SuperTrak BIOS screen  
If the SuperBuild BIOS detects a Critical logical drive, the BIOS reports the  
condition:  
Figure 2. SuperTrak BIOS screen, logical drive critical  
See “Chapter 8: Troubleshooting” on page 257 for information about rebuilding a  
critical logical drive.  
82  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 4: SuperBuild™ Utility  
If the SuperTrak BIOS detects an Offline logical drive, the BIOS reports the  
condition and temporarily halts the booting process of the Host PC.  
Figure 3. SuperTrak BIOS screen, logical drive offline  
See “Chapter 8: Troubleshooting” on page 257 for information about restoring an  
offline logical drive.  
83  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Accessing the Main Menu  
The opening screen of the SuperBuild utility is the Main Menu.  
Figure 4. SuperBuild Main Menu  
The Main Menu (above) has nine options:  
•
Controller Selection – Select which of two SuperTrak controllers you want  
to access, if you have two SuperTraks installed in the Host PC  
•
Controller Information – Memory type and size, Firmware and BIOS  
version numbers, and address information that may be helpful for diagnostic  
purposes  
•
Physical Drive Management – A list of physical drives attached to the  
SuperTrak controller, their ID (channel) numbers, model numbers, capacity,  
and status  
•
•
•
•
Disk Array Management – A list of disk arrays attached to the SuperTrak  
controller, the assigned physical drives, logical drives, capacity, and status  
Logical Drive Management – A list of logical drives plus create and delete  
logical drive functions  
Spare Drive Management– A list of hot spare drives, their characteristics  
and status  
Background Activity – A list of logical drives, any current background  
activity, logical drive status and percentage of activity completed.  
Background activities include: Rebuild, Initialize, Synchronize, Migrate, and  
Pause/Resume  
•
•
Event Log – A list of events stored in RAM (since startup) or non-volatile  
RAM (since the log was cleared) for diagnosis  
Time Sync – Enables you to set the time zone and synchronize system time  
and date with the embedded site  
84  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 4: SuperBuild™ Utility  
•
Miscellaneous – SAS drive LEDs, enclosure management, and buzzer  
settings  
Selecting a Controller  
The SuperBuild Configuration utility supports up to two SuperTrak RAID  
Controller cards installed in the same Host PC. Controller selection enables you  
to select which of the two SuperTrak controllers the utility accesses.  
If you have only one SuperTrak card installed in the Host PC, the SuperTrak is  
Controller 1, and no selection is necessary.  
If you have two SuperTrak cards installed in the Host PC, take the following  
action to select one of them:  
1. In the Main Menu, highlight Controller Selection and press Enter.  
2. Highlight Controller 1 or Controller 2 and press Enter.  
The selected controller (SuperTrak card) displays in the SuperBuild utility.  
85  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Viewing Controller Information  
The SuperBuild utility displays information about the selected SuperTrak EX  
controller.  
1. In the Main Menu, highlight Controller Information and press Enter.  
The information includes:  
Vendor – Promise Technology, Inc.  
Model – SuperTrak EX4650, 8650, 8654, EX8658, or EX16650  
WWN – World Wide Number of the SuperTrak controller  
Memory Type – DDR2 SDRAM  
Memory Size – 128 MB, 256 MB, or 512 MB  
Single Image Ver – The version number of the image used to update the  
firmware on the SuperTrak EX controller.*  
Firmware Version – The version number of the firmware currently installed  
on the SuperTrak EX controller.*  
BIOS Version – The version number of the BIOS currently installed on the  
SuperTrak EX controller.*  
PCI Func Address – The functional address of the SuperTrak card in the  
Host PC. Used for advanced diagnostics  
* The BIOS and Firmware are upgradable. See “Downloading BIOS and  
Firmware File” on page 285 and See “Updating the Firmware” on  
page 129.  
2. Highlight Return to Previous Menu and press Enter.  
86  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 4: SuperBuild™ Utility  
Managing Physical Drives  
Physical drive management includes these functions:  
•
•
•
Viewing Physical Drives (page 87)  
Viewing Physical Drive Information (page 87)  
Managing Physical Drive Problems (page 88)  
Viewing Physical Drives  
To view physical drives:  
1. In the Main Menu, highlight Physical Drive Management and press Enter.  
The information includes:  
ID – The channel number of the SuperTrak controller to which the physical  
drive is attached  
Model Name – The physical drive manufacturer’s model name for the drive  
Capacity – Data capacity of the physical drive  
Status – OK is normal. Can also show Rebuilding or Dead.  
2. Highlight Return to Previous Menu and press Enter.  
Viewing Physical Drive Information  
The SuperBuild utility displays information about the physical (disk) drives  
attached to the SuperTrak controller.  
1. In the Main Menu, highlight Physical Drive Management and press Enter.  
2. Highlight the physical drive you want to see and press Enter.  
The Physical Drive Information screen displays:  
ID – The channel number of the SuperTrak controller to which this physical  
drive is attached.  
Model Name – The drive manufacturer’s model name.  
Serial Number – The drive manufacturer’s serial number.  
Firmware Version – The drive’s firmware version number.  
Drive Interface – SAS or SATA, 3.0 or 1.5 Gb/s  
Protocol – ATA/ATAPI protocol level.  
Capacity – Data capacity of the physical drive in GB.  
Location – Enclosure refers to the Host PC. Slot refers to the channel  
number of the SuperTrak controller.  
Configuration – Disk array number and sequence number, Type of spare  
drive, or Unconfigured.  
Status – OK is normal. Can also show Rebuilding, Stale, or Dead.  
87  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                 
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
3. Highlight Return to Previous Menu and press Enter.  
Managing Physical Drive Problems  
Physical drives can develop problems that make them unsuitable for service in a  
logical drive. These problems are reflected in the physical drive status:  
•
•
•
•
PFA – The physical drive has errors resulting in a prediction of failure  
Stale – Caused by obsolete array information on the physical drive  
Offline – The physical drive is present but set to Offline status  
Dead – Physical drive set down by the SuperTrak controller  
See “Chapter 8: Troubleshooting” on page 257 for corrective action.  
88  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 4: SuperBuild™ Utility  
Managing Disk Arrays  
Disk array management includes these functions:  
•
•
•
•
•
•
Viewing Disk Arrays (page 89)  
Viewing Disk Array Information (page 89)  
Creating a Disk Array (page 90)  
Changing Disk Array Settings (page 91)  
Rebuilding a Disk Array (page 91)  
Deleting a Disk Array (page 91)  
Viewing Disk Arrays  
The SuperBuild utility displays information about the disk arrays managed by the  
SuperTrak controller.  
1. In the Main Menu, highlight Disk Array Management and press Enter.  
The information includes:  
ID – The consecutive number of the disk array in the order it was created,  
beginning with 0.  
Disk Array Name – The name you assigned to the disk array.  
Capacity – Data capacity of the disk array in GB.  
Status – OK is normal. Can also show Rebuilding, Degraded, Critical, or  
Offline.  
2. Highlight Return to Previous Menu and press Enter.  
Viewing Disk Array Information  
To view disk array information:  
1. In the Main Menu, highlight Disk Array Management and press Enter.  
The Disk Array Management screen displays.  
2. Highlight the Disk Array you want to see and press Enter.  
The Disk Array Info and Setting screen displays. The information includes:  
Disk Array ID – The consecutive number of the disk array in the order it was  
created, beginning with 0  
Disk Array Name – The name you assigned to the disk array  
Capacity (Free) – Total data capacity of the disk array in GB  
Capacity (Configurable) – Usable data capacity of the disk array in GB  
Number of Physical Drives – Number of physical drives in this disk array  
Number of Logical Drives – Number of logical drives in this disk array  
89  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
               
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Status – OK is normal. Can also show Rebuilding, Degraded, Critical, or  
Offline.  
3. Highlight Physical Drives in the Disk Array and press Enter.  
The following information displays:  
ID – The channel number of the SuperTrak controller to which the physical  
drive is attached  
Model Name – The physical drive manufacturer’s model name for the drive  
Capacity – Data capacity of the physical drive in GB  
Status – OK is normal. Can also show Rebuilding or Dead.  
4. Highlight Logical Drives in the Disk Array and press Enter.  
The following information displays:  
ID – The consecutive number of the logical drive in the order it was created,  
beginning with 0  
Logical Drive Name – The user-assigned name for the logical drive  
Capacity – Data capacity of the logical drive in GB  
Status – Shows one of seven logical drive conditions: OK, Critical, Offline,  
Init, Migration, Synchron, and Rebuild.  
5. Highlight Return to Previous Menu and press Enter.  
Creating a Disk Array  
1. In the Main Menu, highlight Disk Array Management and press Enter.  
The Disk Array Management screen displays.  
2. Highlight Create Disk Array and press Enter.  
The Create Disk Array screen displays.  
3. Optional. Press the arrow keys to highlight Disk Array Name and press  
Enter. Then type a name for this disk array.  
4. Press the arrow keys to highlight the physical drives you want to add to this  
disk array. Then press the spacebar to select the physical drives.  
An asterisk (*) appears at the left of each selected physical drive.  
5. Highlight Save Configuration and press Enter.  
The new disk array appears under Disk Array Management. If you have  
more physical drives available, you can create additional disk arrays  
following the same procedure.  
After you have created your disk arrays, Your next action is to create one or  
more logical drives. See “Creating a Logical Drive” on page 93.  
90  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Chapter 4: SuperBuild™ Utility  
Changing Disk Array Settings  
To change the name of a disk array:  
1. In the Main Menu, highlight Disk Array Management and press Enter.  
The Disk Array Management screen displays.  
2. Highlight the Disk Array you want to change and press Enter.  
The Disk Array Info and Setting screen displays.  
3. Highlight Disk Array Name and press Enter.  
4. Press the backspace or delete keys to remove the characters. Then type  
new characters.  
5. Highlight Save Setting and press Enter.  
6. Highlight Return to Previous Menu and press Enter.  
Rebuilding a Disk Array  
See “Chapter 8: Troubleshooting” on page 257.  
Deleting a Disk Array  
Warning  
When you delete a disk array, you delete the logical drives and all  
of the data on them. Be sure to backup any important data before  
you delete a disk array!  
To delete a disk array:  
1. In the Main Menu, highlight Disk Array Management and press Enter.  
The Disk Array Management screen displays.  
2. Highlight the disk array you want to delete and press the spacebar to mark  
the disk array.  
An asterisk (*) appears at the left of the selected disk array.  
3. Highlight Delete Selected Disk Arrays and press Enter.  
4. Press Y to confirm disk array deletion.  
The selected disk array is removed from the list.  
91  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Managing Logical Drives  
Logical drive management includes these functions:  
•
•
•
•
•
•
Viewing Logical Drives (page 92)  
Viewing Logical Drive Information (page 92)  
Creating a Logical Drive (page 93)  
Initializing a Logical Drive (page 94)  
Changing Logical Drive Settings (page 95)  
Deleting a Logical Drive (page 95)  
Note  
For an explanation of the logical drive concepts and the choices  
you can make when you create your logical drive, see “Chapter 7:  
Technology Background” on page 219.  
For information about logical drive problems, see “Chapter 8:  
Troubleshooting” on page 257.  
Viewing Logical Drives  
To view your logical drives:  
1. In the Main Menu, highlight Logical Drive Management and press Enter.  
The Logical Drive Management screen displays the following information:  
ID – The consecutive number of the logical drive in the order it was created,  
beginning with 0  
Logical Drive Name – The user-assigned name for the logical drive  
Capacity – Data capacity of the logical drive in GB  
Status – OK is normal. Can also show Rebuilding, Initializing,  
Synchronizing, Degraded, Critical, or Offline.  
2. Highlight Return to Previous Menu and press Enter.  
Viewing Logical Drive Information  
To view logical drive information:  
1. In the Main Menu, highlight Logical Drive Management and press Enter.  
The Logical Drive Management screen displays.  
2. Highlight the logical drive you want to see and press Enter.  
The Logical Drive Info and Setting screen displays. The information includes:  
Logical Drive ID – The consecutive number of the logical drive in the order it  
was created, beginning with 0.  
92  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
               
Chapter 4: SuperBuild™ Utility  
Logical Drive Name – You can change this setting.  
Capacity – Data capacity of the logical drive in GB  
RAID Level – Chosen when the logical drive was created.  
Stripe Size – Chosen when the logical drive was created.  
Sector Size – Chosen when the logical drive was created.  
Write Cache Policy – You can change this setting.  
Read Cache Policy – You can change this setting.  
Disk Array ID – Consecutive number of the disk array to which this logical  
drive belongs  
Status – OK is normal. Can also show Rebuilding, Initializing,  
Synchronizing, Degraded, Critical, or Offline.  
3. Highlight Return to Previous Menu and press Enter.  
Creating a Logical Drive  
You must create a disk array before you can create a logical drive. See “Creating  
a Disk Array” on page 90.  
To create a logical drive:  
1. In the Main Menu, highlight Logical Drive Management and press Enter.  
The Logical Drive Management screen displays.  
2. Highlight Create Logical Drive and press Enter.  
The Create Logical Drive Step 1/2 screen appears.  
3. Press the arrow keys to highlight a disk array. Then press the spacebar to  
select the disk array.  
An asterisk (*) appears at the left of the selected disk array.  
Highlight Next Step and press Enter.  
The Create Logical Drive Step 2/2 screen displays.  
4. Press the arrow keys to highlight the item you want to change, then press  
Enter to select the item:  
•
•
Logical Drive Name – Optional. Type a name.  
RAID Level – Choose a new RAID level. Your choices depend upon the  
number of physical drives in your disk array.  
•
•
•
Capacity – 0 means the full capacity or the remaining capacity of the  
disk array will be used for this logical drive.  
Stripe Size – Choose from 64 KB, 128 KB, 256 KB, 512 KB, and 1 MB.  
64 KB is the default.  
Sector Size – Choose from 512 B, 1 KB, 2 KB, and 4 KB. 512 B is the  
default.  
93  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                 
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
•
•
Write Cache Policy – Choose from Write Back or Write Through.  
Read Cache Policy – Choose from Read Cache, Read Ahead, or No  
Cache.  
•
Axle – RAID 50 and 60 logical drives only. Choose the number of axles  
or choose 0 to let the controller decide for you.  
5. Highlight Save Configuration and press Enter.  
At this point you can create additional logical drives, if there is space  
remaining on your disk arrays. To create another logical drive, repeat steps 2  
though 5 above.  
6. Press the F10 key to exit the SuperBuild utility and press Y to confirm and  
restart the computer.  
Do not press the Ctrl-Alt-Del keys. Do not press the Esc key.  
Important  
•
•
Promise recommends that you Initialize your logical drives  
immediately after you create them.  
You must be partition and format your new logical drives  
before your operating system will recognize them.  
Initializing a Logical Drive  
Promise recommends that you Initialize your logical drives immediately after you  
create them. Initialization sets all data bits in the logical drive to zero, removing  
any residual data left behind from earlier configurations. You can also perform an  
Initialization on an existing logical drive.  
Warning  
When you initialize a logical drive, you delete all data on the  
logical drive. Be sure to backup any important data before you  
initialize a logical drive!  
1. In the Main Menu, highlight Logical Drive Management and press Enter.  
The Logical Drive Management screen displays.  
2. Highlight the logical drive you want to initialize and press Enter.  
3. Highlight Initialization Start and press Enter.  
A message appears at the bottom of the screen.  
4. Choose one of the following actions:  
•
•
For a Full Initialization, press F.  
For a Quick Initialization, press Q.  
94  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Chapter 4: SuperBuild™ Utility  
•
To cancel Initialization, press C.  
The Initialization begins immediately. If you set Initialization for multiple  
logical drives, they will be initialized sequentially. You can monitor  
Initialization progress under Background Activity.  
5. Highlight Return to Previous Menu and press Enter.  
Changing Logical Drive Settings  
To change logical drive settings:  
1. In the Main Menu, highlight Logical Drive Management and press Enter.  
The Logical Drive Management screen displays.  
2. Highlight the logical drive whose settings you want to change and press  
Enter.  
The Logical Drive Info and Setting screen displays.  
3. Press the arrow keys to highlight the item you want to change, then press  
Enter to select the item:  
•
Logical Drive Name – Press the backspace or delete keys to remove  
the characters. Then type new characters.  
•
Write Cache Policy – Choose from Write Back or Write Through.  
•
Read Cache Policy – Choose from Read Cache, Read Ahead, or No  
Cache.  
4. Highlight Save Setting and press Enter.  
The changes happen immediately.  
Deleting a Logical Drive  
Warning  
When you delete a logical drive, you delete all data on the logical  
drive. Be sure to backup any important data before you delete a  
logical drive!  
To delete a logical drive:  
1. In the Main Menu, highlight Logical Drive Management and press Enter.  
The Logical Drive Management screen displays.  
2. Highlight the logical drive you want to delete and press the spacebar to mark  
the logical drive.  
An asterisk (*) appears at the left of the selected logical drive.  
3. Highlight Delete Selected Logical Drives and press Enter.  
4. Press Y to confirm logical drive deletion.  
95  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                 
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
The selected logical drive is removed from the list.  
96  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 4: SuperBuild™ Utility  
Managing Spare Drives  
Spare drive management includes these functions:  
•
•
•
•
•
Viewing Spare Drives (page 97)  
Viewing Spare Drive Information (page 97)  
Creating a Spare Drive (page 97)  
Changing Spare Drive Settings (page 98)  
Deleting a Spare Drive (page 99)  
Viewing Spare Drives  
To view your spare drives:  
1. In the Main Menu, highlight Spare Drive Management and press Enter.  
ID – The consecutive number of the spare drive in the order it was created,  
beginning with 0  
Model Name – The physical drive manufacturer’s model name  
Capacity – Data capacity of the physical drive in GB  
Status – OK is normal. Can also show Rebuilding or Dead.  
2. Highlight Return to Previous Menu and press Enter.  
Viewing Spare Drive Information  
To view spare drive information:  
1. In the Main Menu, highlight Spare Drive Management and press Enter.  
The Spare Drive Management screen displays.  
2. Highlight the spare drive you want to see and press Enter.  
The Spare Drive Info and Setting screen displays. The information includes:  
Physical Drive ID – The channel number of the SuperTrak controller to  
which the physical drive is attached.  
Revertible – Yes or No.  
Spare Type – Global or Dedicated.  
Disk Array – ID, name, capacity, and status, for spare drives dedicated to  
an array  
3. Highlight Return to Previous Menu and press Enter.  
Creating a Spare Drive  
For a physical drive to qualify as a spare, the drive must be:  
•
•
Unconfigured – Not part of an array  
Functional – Showing OK status  
97  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                       
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
•
Big Enough – Same capacity or greater than the largest drive in your array  
To create a spare drive:  
1. In the Main Menu, highlight Spare Drive Management and press Enter.  
The Spare Drive Management screen displays.  
2. Highlight Assign Spare Drive and press Enter.  
The Assign Spare Drive Step 1/2 screen appears.  
3. Press the arrow keys to highlight a physical drive. Then press the spacebar  
to select the physical drive.  
An asterisk (*) appears at the left of the selected physical drive.  
Highlight Next Step and press Enter.  
The Assign Spare Drive 2/2 screen displays.  
4. Press the arrow keys to highlight the item you want to change, then press  
Enter to select the item:  
•
Revertible – Yes or No. A revertible spare drive automatically returns to  
its spare drive assignment after the failed physical drive in the disk array  
is replaced. Go to step 6.  
•
Spare Type – Global, can be used by any disk array. Dedicated, can  
only be used by the assigned disk array. Go to step 5.  
5. Optional. If you chose Dedicated in step 4, press the arrow keys to highlight  
a disk array. Then press the spacebar to select the disk array.  
An asterisk (*) appears at the left of the selected disk array.  
6. Highlight Save Configuration and press Enter.  
Changing Spare Drive Settings  
You can change a spare drive’s revertibility and type. To change spare drive  
settings:  
1. In the Main Menu, highlight Spare Drive Management and press Enter.  
The Spare Drive Management screen displays.  
2. Highlight the spare drive whose settings you want to change and press  
Enter.  
The Spare Drive Info and Setting screen displays.  
3. Press the arrow keys to highlight the item you want to change, then press  
Enter to select the item:  
•
Revertible – Yes or No. A revertible spare drive automatically returns to  
its spare drive assignment after the failed physical drive in the disk array  
is replaced. Go to step 5.  
•
Spare Type – Global, can be used by any disk array. Dedicated, can  
only be used by the assigned disk array. Go to step 4.  
98  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 4: SuperBuild™ Utility  
4. Optional. If you chose Dedicated in step 3, press the arrow keys to highlight  
a disk array. Then press the spacebar to select the disk array.  
An asterisk (*) appears at the left of the selected disk array.  
5. Highlight Save Setting and press Enter.  
The changes happen immediately.  
Deleting a Spare Drive  
To delete a spare drive:  
1. In the Main Menu, highlight Spare Drive Management and press Enter.  
The Spare Drive Management screen displays.  
2. Highlight the spare drive you want to delete and press the spacebar to mark  
the spare drive.  
An asterisk (*) appears at the left of the selected spare drive.  
3. Highlight Delete Selected Spare Drives and press Enter.  
4. Press Y to confirm spare drive deletion.  
The selected spare drive is removed from the list.  
99  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Viewing Background Activity  
The Background Activity function enables you to monitor background activities  
are running on the SuperTrak RAID controller. Information reported includes:  
•
•
•
•
Device – Disk array or logical drive by ID number  
Type – Synchronization, Initialization, or Rebuilding  
Status – Running or queued (waiting)  
Percentage – Percent completed  
The Background Activity screen does not enable you to start, pause, resume, or  
cancel any activity. Status of the activity, such as in-progress or paused.  
To view background activity, in the Main Menu, highlight Background Activity and  
press Enter.  
When you are done, highlight Return to Previous Menu and press Enter.  
100  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 4: SuperBuild™ Utility  
Managing the Event Log  
The event log tracks events related to the SuperTrak controller and includes the  
following functions:  
•
•
•
Viewing RAM Events (page 101)  
Viewing NVRAM Events (page 101)  
Clearing the Event Logs (page 102)  
Viewing RAM Events  
RAM events are also called Runtime events. All recorded events happened since  
the last time you booted the Host PC. Displays the 1023 most recent events.  
To view NVRAM events:  
1. In the Main Menu, highlight Event Log and press Enter.  
The Event Log screen displays.  
2. Optional. If NVRAM is displayed beside Select Location, highlight Select  
Location and press Enter. Then highlight NVRAM and press Enter.  
3. Do the following actions to navigate the Event Log screen:  
•
•
•
To move to the next page or screen of events, highlight Next Page and  
press Enter.  
To move to the previous page or screen of events, highlight Previous  
Page and press Enter.  
To see all the information about an event, highlight the event and press  
Enter.  
Viewing NVRAM Events  
NVRAM events are the most important events. These events are stored in non-  
volatile RAM. Displays the 63 most recent events.  
To view NVRAM events:  
1. In the Main Menu, highlight Event Log and press Enter.  
The Event Log screen displays.  
2. Optional. If RAM is displayed beside Select Location, highlight Select  
Location and press Enter. Then highlight NVRAM and press Enter.  
3. Do the following actions to navigate the Event Log screen:  
•
To move to the next page or screen of events, highlight Next Page and  
press Enter.  
•
To move to the previous page or screen of events, highlight Previous  
Page and press Enter.  
101  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
•
To see all the information about an event, highlight the event and press  
Enter.  
Clearing the Event Logs  
Clearing the event logs remove all of the events from both the RAM and NVRAM  
event logs. Note that the RAM log clears every time you boot the Host PC.  
1. In the Main Menu, highlight Event Log and press Enter.  
The Event Log screen displays. You can clear both logs from the RAM or  
NVRAM screen.  
2. Highlight Clear All Event Logs and press Enter.  
3. Press Y to confirm event log clearing.  
102  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 4: SuperBuild™ Utility  
Working with Time Sync  
The Time Sync function adds two special features to SuperTrak. These functions  
include:  
•
•
Setting the Time Zone (page 103)  
Synchronizing Time with an Embedded Site (page 103)  
The Time Sync function does not replace or overwrite the regular date and time  
settings in the Host PC’s BIOS or OS.  
Setting the Time Zone  
To set the difference between the current time zone (the time zone in which you  
are) and Greenwich Mean Time (GMT):  
1. In the Main Menu, highlight Time Sync and press Enter.  
The Time Sync screen displays.  
2. Highlight Current Time Zone and press the + or – key to change the time for  
the current time zone.  
Each press of the + key increments 15 minutes forward.  
Each press of the – key increments 15 minutes backward.  
Synchronizing Time with an Embedded Site  
This feature requires you to have installed in the Host PC a separate product that  
is not part of SuperTrak RAID controller.  
To synchronize time with an embedded site:  
1. In the Main Menu, highlight Time Sync and press Enter.  
The Time Sync screen displays.  
2. Highlight Sync Time with Embedded Site and press Enter.  
103  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Using the Miscellaneous Menu  
The Miscellaneous menu enables three useful functions on SuperTrak:  
•
•
•
Making the SAS Ready LED Setting (page 104)  
Making the SGPIO Backplane Setting (page 104)  
Working with the Buzzer (page 104)  
Making the SAS Ready LED Setting  
The LEDs for SAS disk drives stay on continuously to show Ready status, except  
when the drive is processing a command. This function enables you to turn the  
LEDs off.  
To turn the SAS drive LEDs off:  
1. In the Main Menu, highlight Miscellaneous and press Enter.  
2. Highlight SAS READY LED and press Enter.  
3. Highlight your choice and press Enter.  
•
•
On – SAS drive LEDs on continuously  
Off – SAS drive LEDs off  
Making the SGPIO Backplane Setting  
This function enables you to set your SuperTrak card to work your enclosure  
management controller through the SGPIO connection.  
To choose your enclosure management controller setting:  
1. In the Main Menu, highlight Miscellaneous and press Enter.  
2. Highlight SGPIO Backplane and press Enter.  
3. Highlight your choice and press Enter.  
•
•
•
•
•
•
Generic  
AIC  
AMI  
Chenbro  
Direct LED  
Supermicro  
Working with the Buzzer  
The buzzer sounds to inform you that your RAID system needs attention. But the  
buzzer does not specify the condition. When a continuous tone sounds, there are  
multiple alarm patterns sounding at the same time.  
104  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Chapter 4: SuperBuild™ Utility  
When the buzzer sounds, take the following actions:  
•
•
Check your disk arrays and logical drives.  
Check the Event Log. See page 101.  
To silence the buzzer for the current trigger event, you must disable it.  
Also see “Chapter 8: Troubleshooting” on page 257.  
Enabling or Disabling the Buzzer  
To enable or disable the Buzzer:  
1. In the Main Menu, highlight Miscellaneous and press Enter.  
2. Highlight Buzzer and press Enter.  
3. Highlight your choice and press Enter.  
•
•
Enable  
Disable  
105  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
106  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5: Management with WebPAM PRO  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Logging into WebPAM PRO (page 107)  
Accessing the Interface (page 110)  
Managing Users (page 116)  
Working with Subsystem/Host Management (page 120)  
Managing Software Services (page 123)  
Managing the Host (page 127)  
Managing the Subsystem (page 128)  
Managing the Controller (page 139)  
Managing Enclosures (page 145)  
Managing Physical Drives (page 146)  
Managing Disk Arrays (page 150)  
Managing Logical Drives (page 166)  
Managing Spare Drives (page 172)  
Working with the Logical Drive Summary (page 176)  
This chapter describes using WebPAM PRO to monitor and manage your RAID  
system. This chapter is divided into sections for major WebPAM PRO  
components as shown above.  
Logging into WebPAM PRO  
You can log into WebPAM PRO in either of two ways:  
•
•
Logging in at the Host PC (page 107)  
Logging in over the Network (page 108)  
Logging in at the Host PC  
At the Host PC (where the SuperTrak EX Controller is installed), to log into  
WebPAM PRO, do one of the following actions:  
•
•
Double-click the WebPAM PRO desktop icon.  
Choose WebPAM PRO in the Windows Programs menu or the Linux  
Applications menu.  
•
Follow the steps under “Logging in over the Network” on page 108.  
107  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Logging in over the Network  
You can log into WebPAM PRO from any PC with a network connection to the  
Host PC (where the SuperTrak EX Controller is installed).  
1. Launch your Browser.  
2. In the Browser address field, type the information provided below. Then  
press Enter.  
If you chose External SSL Security during installation (Windows, see  
page 44; Linux, see page 51), use the Secure Connection. Otherwise, use  
the Regular Connection.  
Regular Connection  
•
•
•
•
WebPAM PRO uses an HTTP connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .http://  
Enter the Host PC’s IP address. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192.168.10.228  
Enter the Port number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :8080  
Add promise to launch WebPAM PRO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . /promise  
Together, your entry looks like this:  
http://192.168.10.228:8080/promise  
Secure Connection  
•
•
•
•
WebPAM PRO uses a secure HTTP connection. . . . . . . . . . .https://  
Enter the Host PC’s IP address. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192.168.10.228  
Enter the Port number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :8443  
Add promise to launch WebPAM PRO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . /promise  
Together, your entry looks like this:  
https://192.168.10.228:8443/promise  
Notes  
•
•
•
You can enter the Host PC’s network name in place of the IP  
address.  
If you are logging in at the Host PC, you can enter localhost  
in place of the IP address.  
Whether you select a regular or a secure connection, your  
login to WebPAM PRO and your user password are always  
secure.  
108  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 5: Management with WebPAM PRO  
Login Screen  
When the opening screen appears:  
1. Type administrator in the User Name field.  
2. Type password in the Password field.  
3. Click the Login button.  
The User Name and Password are case sensitive. See Figure 1.  
Figure 1. The WebPAM PRO login screen  
109  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Accessing the Interface  
WebPAM PRO is browser-based RAID management software with a graphic  
user interface. Basic user interface components and functions include:  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Using the Header (page 111)  
Using Tree View (page 111)  
Using Management View (page 112)  
Choosing a Display Language (page 113)  
Viewing the Event Frame (page 113)  
Saving the Event Frame (page 114)  
Deleting the Event Frame (page 114)  
Viewing the Storage Network (page 114)  
Logging out of WebPAM PRO (page 115)  
Figure 2. WebPAM PRO interface  
110  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 5: Management with WebPAM PRO  
There are four major parts to the WebPAM PRO interface:  
•
•
•
•
Header (see page 111)  
Tree View (see page 111)  
Management View (see page 112)  
Event Frame (see page 113)  
Using the Header  
The Header contains the following items:  
•
•
•
•
•
Language – To choose a display language, see “Choosing a Display  
Language” on page 113.  
Show/Hide Event Frame – To view the Event Frame, see “Viewing the  
Event Frame” on page 113.  
Show/Hide Storage Network – To view the Storage Network, see “Viewing  
the Storage Network” on page 114.  
Contact Us – Click here for Promise Technology contact information. Or see  
“Contacting Technical Support” on page 273.  
Logout – To logout, see “Logging out of WebPAM PRO” on page 115.  
Using Tree View  
Tree View enables you to navigate around all components of the Host PC (where  
the SuperTrak controller card is installed), software management, RAID  
controller, enclosure, physical drives, disk arrays, logical drives, and spare  
drives. The figure below shows the components of Tree View.  
111  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Figure 3. WebPAM PRO Tree View  
Logged-in User  
Host PC, where the  
SuperTrak card is  
installed  
The Administrative Tools section is different for the Administrator and Super  
Users than for other users. The remainder of the Tree is the same for all users.  
Management View displays information according to the item you choose in Tree  
View.  
Using Management View  
Management View—also referred to Management View—provides the actual  
user interface with the SuperTrak EX Controller card, including creation,  
maintenance, deletion, and monitoring of disk arrays and logical drives.  
Function Tabs control specific actions and processes. This View changes  
depending on which item you choose in Tree View and which tab you choose in  
the Management View itself.  
Click the Help button to the right of the tabs in Management View to access  
online help for the function that is currently displayed.  
112  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 5: Management with WebPAM PRO  
Choosing a Display Language  
WebPAM PRO displays in the following languages:  
•
•
•
•
•
English  
•
•
•
•
•
Italian  
Simplified Chinese  
Traditional Chinese  
French  
Japanese  
Korean  
Spanish  
Russian  
German  
To change the display language:  
1. Click the Language dropdown menu in the Header.  
2. Highlight the language you prefer.  
WebPAM PRO displays in the chosen language.  
Viewing the Event Frame  
To view the Event Frame, click Show Event Frame in the Header.  
To hide the Event Frame, click Hide Event Frame in the Header.  
The Event Frame reports all events and stores them in the WebPAM PRO folder  
on the hard disk drive of the Host PC.  
In the event frame, events are listed and sorted by:  
•
Host IP – The IP address of the Host PC or subsystem where the event  
happened  
•
WWN – World Wide Number of the Host PC or subsystem where the event  
happened  
•
•
•
Device – Disk array, logical drive, physical drive, controller, battery, etc.  
Event ID – The hexadecimal number that identifies the specific type of event  
Severity – See below:  
•
•
•
•
•
Information – Information only, no action is required  
Warning – User can decide whether or not action is required  
Minor – Action is needed but the condition is not serious at this time  
Major – Action is needed now  
Critical – Action is needed now and the implications of the condition are  
serious  
•
Fatal – Non-Recoverable error or failure has occurred  
•
•
Time – Time and date of the occurrence  
Description – A brief description of the event  
113  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
You can also view events by clicking the Subsystems  
icon in Tree View, then  
clicking the Event tab in Management View.  
Saving the Event Frame  
This function saves a copy of the events from the Event Frame as a text file on  
the Host PC’s hard drive.  
To save the event log:  
1. In the Header, click Show Event Frame.  
2. In the Event Frame, click the Save Events button.  
3. In the File Download dialog box, click the Save button.  
4. In the Save dialog box, name the file, navigate to the folder where you want  
to save the log file, and click the Save button.  
The event log is saved as a text file on the Host PC’s hard drive.  
Deleting the Event Frame  
This function deletes the events from the Event Frame and from the WebPAM  
PRO database. Deleting the events from this point does not affect events  
physically stored in the HBA’s or Subsystem’s RAM or NVRAM.  
This function has no effect upon events reported under the Subsystem  
icon  
Events tab. See “Viewing the Runtime Event Log” on page 130 and “Viewing the  
NVRAM Event Log” on page 131.  
To clear the event log:  
1. In the Header, click Show Event Frame.  
2. In the Event Frame, click the Delete Events button.  
3. In the Confirmation dialog box, type confirm and click the OK button.  
Viewing the Storage Network  
The Storage Network consists of all the subsystems and host PCs currently  
accessible on your network. Use this function to identify the subsystem or host  
PC you want to add.  
Subsystems and host PCs already added to WebPAM PRO have a + icon beside  
them in Tree View.  
114  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Chapter 5: Management with WebPAM PRO  
Figure 4. The Storage Network appears in Tree View  
Added to  
WebPAM PRO  
Not added yet  
To view the Storage Network, click Show Storage Network in the Header. All  
networked systems will appear in Tree View.  
To hide the Storage Network, click Hide Storage Network in the Header. Only  
the networked systems you have added appear in Tree View.  
See “Adding a Subsystem or Host” on page 120.  
Logging out of WebPAM PRO  
There are two ways to log out of WebPAM PRO:  
•
•
Close your browser window  
Click Logout in the WebPAM PRO Header  
Figure 5. Clicking “Logout” in the Header)  
Clicking Logout brings you back to the Login Screen. After logging out, you must  
enter your user name and password in order to log in again.  
115  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Managing Users  
User Management includes all functions dealing with user accounts. Functions  
include:  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Viewing User Information (page 116)  
Making User Settings (page 116)  
Making Your Own User Settings (page 117)  
Changing a User’s Password (page 117)  
Changing Your Own Password (page 117)  
Creating a User (page 118)  
Deleting a User (page 118)  
Viewing User Information  
The view a list of users, their status, access privileges, display name, and email  
address:  
1. Click the Administrative Tools  
2. Click the User Management  
icon.  
icon.  
The Information tab appears in Management View.  
Making User Settings  
To change settings of other users:  
1. Log into WebPAM PRO as the Administrator or a Super User.  
2. Click the Administrative Tools  
3. Click the User Management  
icon.  
icon.  
4. Click the Information tab in Management View.  
5. In the list of users, click the link of the user whose settings you want to  
change.  
The Settings screen for the chosen user displays.  
6. Enter or change the settings for this user.  
•
•
•
Enable/disable this user  
Display name  
Privilege. See “List of User Privileges” on page 118  
7. Click the Submit button.  
The Administrator or Super User can change another user’s password. See  
“Changing a User’s Password” on page 117 for more information.  
116  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Chapter 5: Management with WebPAM PRO  
You can also set user privilege under Subsystem/Host Management. See  
“Setting User Privilege” on page 122 and “Setting User Rights” on page 127.  
Making Your Own User Settings  
To change your own user settings:  
1. Log into WebPAM PRO under your own user name.  
2. Click the Administrative Tools  
3. Click the User Management  
icon.  
icon.  
4. Click the Settings tab in Management View.  
5. Enter or change the display name or mail address.  
6. Click the Submit button.  
Changing a User’s Password  
To change a user’s password:  
1. Log into WebPAM PRO as the Administrator or a Super User.  
2. Click the Administrative Tools  
3. Click the User Management  
icon.  
icon.  
4. In the list of users, click the link of the user whose settings you want to  
change.  
The Settings screen for the chosen user displays.  
5. Click the Password tab in Management View.  
6. Enter the new password in the New Password field.  
7. Enter the new password in the Retype Password field.  
8. Click the Submit button.  
Changing Your Own Password  
To set or change your own password:  
1. Log into WebPAM PRO under your own user name.  
2. Click the Administrative Tools  
3. Click the User Management  
icon.  
icon.  
4. Click the Password tab in Management View.  
5. Enter the current password in the Old Password field.  
If you do not have a password, leave this field blank.  
6. Enter the new password in the New Password field.  
7. Enter the new password in the Retype Password field.  
117  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
8. Click the Submit button.  
Creating a User  
To create a user:  
1. Log into WebPAM PRO as the Administrator or a Super User.  
2. Click the Administrative Tools  
3. Click the User Management  
icon.  
icon.  
4. Click the Create tab in Management View.  
5. Enter a user name in the User Name field.  
6. Enter a password for this user in the New Password and Retype Password  
fields.  
A password is optional. If you do not assign password, tell this user to leave  
the password field blank when he/she logs into to WebPAM PRO. Users can  
set their own passwords, see “Changing Your Own Password” on page 117.  
7. Check the Enabled box to enable this user on this subsystem.  
8. Enter a display name in the Display Name field.  
A display name is optional but recommended.  
9. Choose a privilege level from the Privilege dropdown menu.  
For definitions of each privilege level, see the List of User Privileges below.  
10. Click the Submit button.  
List of User Privileges  
•
•
•
View – Allows the user to see all status and settings but not to make any  
changes  
Maintenance – Allows the user to perform maintenance tasks including  
Rebuilding, PDM, Media Patrol, and Redundancy Check.  
Power – Allows the user to create (but not delete) disk arrays and logical  
drives, change RAID levels, change stripe size; change settings of  
components such as disk arrays, logical drives, physical drives, and the  
controller.  
•
Super – Allows the user full access to all functions including create and  
delete users and changing the settings of other users, and delete disk arrays  
and logical drives. The default “administrator” account is a Super User.  
Deleting a User  
There will always be at least one Super User account. You cannot delete the user  
account you used to log in. To delete a user:  
1. Log into WebPAM PRO as the Administrator or a Super User.  
118  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
Chapter 5: Management with WebPAM PRO  
2. Click the Administrative Tools  
3. Click the User Management  
icon.  
icon.  
4. Click the Delete tab in Management View.  
5. Check the box to the left of the user you want to delete.  
6. Click the Submit button.  
7. Click OK in the confirmation box.  
119  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Working with Subsystem/Host Management  
Subsystem/Host Management includes the following functions:  
•
•
•
•
Viewing Subsystem/Host Information (page 120)  
Adding a Subsystem or Host (page 120)  
Deleting a Subsystem or Host (page 121)  
Setting User Privilege (page 122)  
Viewing Subsystem/Host Information  
To view the Subsystem/Host List:  
1. Click the Administrative Tools  
icon in Tree View.  
2. Click the Subsystem/Host Management  
icon.  
In the Information tab, the following information appears:  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Subsystem/Host IP address  
Management Port IP address  
Health – A green checkmark means OK. A red X indicates a problem  
Model of the RAID controller  
Alias of the RAID controller  
Firmware Version of the RAID controller  
Interface of the RAID controller  
World Wide Number of the RAID controller  
If a red X appears under Health, click the Health Information  
icon to  
display a breakdown showing the health of the controller, disk arrays, logical  
drives, spare drives, and physical drives.  
Adding a Subsystem or Host  
To add a subsystem/ or host PC to WebPAM PRO:  
1. Log into WebPAM PRO as the Administrator or a Super User.  
2. Click the Administrative Tools  
icon in Tree View.  
icon.  
3. Click the Subsystem/Host Management  
4. Click the Add Subsystem/Host tab in Management View.  
120  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Chapter 5: Management with WebPAM PRO  
5. Do one of the following actions:  
•
To create an in-band connection: Type the Host PC’s IP address into  
the address field.  
Choose this option for SuperTrak. Note that entries such as localhost or  
the Host PC’s network name do not work for this function.  
•
To create an out-of-band connection: Type the Subsystem’s  
management port IP address into the address field.  
6. Click the Submit button.  
The new Subsystem or Host PC is added to Tree View.  
In-Band versus Out-of-Band  
In-band connection  
•
•
•
The WebPAM PRO Agent is running on the Host PC or server.  
The WebPAM PRO Client/Server is running on any PC on the network.  
Management commands to a subsystem travel through the subsystem's  
data ports.  
•
Multiple subsystems can appear under the same Host PC or server.  
Out-of-band connection  
•
•
The WebPAM PRO Agent is running on the subsystem.  
The WebPAM PRO Client/Server is running on the same Host PC on the  
network.  
•
•
Management commands to a subsystem travel through the subsystem's  
management port.  
Only one subsystem can appear under a Host PC or server.  
Deleting a Subsystem or Host  
When you delete a subsystem or host PC, you only remove it from WebPAM  
PRO’s list of monitored systems. This action has no effect upon the disk arrays,  
logical drives, or data stored on the RAID.  
To delete a subsystem or host PC:  
1. Log into WebPAM PRO as the Administrator or a Super User.  
2. Click the Administrative Tools  
icon in Tree View.  
icon.  
3. Click the Subsystem/Host Management  
4. Click the Delete Subsystem/Host tab in Management View.  
5. Check the box to the left of the subsystem or host PC you want to delete.  
6. Click the Submit button.  
121  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
7. In the confirmation box, type the word confirm in the field provided.  
8. Click the OK button.  
Setting User Privilege  
To set user privilege:  
1. Click the Administrative Tools  
icon in Tree View.  
icon.  
2. Click the Subsystem/Host Management  
3. click the IP address link of the Subsystem or Host you want to access.  
4. Beside the name of the user whose privilege you want to change, choose  
the privilege level from the Privilege dropdown menu.  
For definitions of each privilege level, see “List of User Privileges” on  
page 118.  
5. Click the Submit button.  
You can also set user privilege under User settings. See “Making User Settings”  
on page 116.  
122  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 5: Management with WebPAM PRO  
Managing Software Services  
Software Services include the following functions:  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Viewing Service Status (page 123)  
Changing Web Server Settings (page 123)  
Restarting the Tomcat Server (page 124)  
Setting up Email Service (page 124)  
Setting up Extended SMTP (page 125)  
Setting Event Frame Refresh Time (page 125)  
Changing CIM Client Settings (page 126)  
Changing CIM Server Settings (page 126)  
Viewing Service Status  
There are two software services: Web Server and Email. There are no user  
settings. To view the status of the software services:  
1. Click the Administrative Tools  
2. Click the Software Management  
icon in Tree View.  
icon.  
The service name, startup type, and current status appear under the Service  
tab.  
Changing Web Server Settings  
To change the Web Server settings:  
1. Click the Administrative Tools  
2. Click the Software Management  
icon in Tree View.  
icon.  
3. Click the Web Server tab in Management View.  
4. Do one of the following actions:  
•
For a regular connection:  
In the HTTP Port field, type the HTTP port number.  
The default is 8080.  
•
For a secure connection:  
Check the Enable SSL box.  
In the HTTPS Port field, type the HTTPS port number.  
The default is 8443.  
5. In the Session Time Out field, enter a time value in minutes.  
123  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
The range is 1 to 1440 minutes. 15 minutes is the default.  
Session Time Out refers to the amount of time the connection remains active  
without any user interaction. After WebPAM PRO reaches the Time Out  
interval, you must log in again and begin a new session.  
6. Click the Submit button.  
7. In the confirmation box, type the word confirm in the field provided.  
8. Click the OK button.  
Restarting the Tomcat Server  
After you change the Web Server port number, you must restart the Tomcat  
server.  
Windows  
In the Start menu, choose Programs > WebPAM PRO > Server > Restart.  
Linux  
1. Open a terminal window.  
2. Go to the server folder.  
cd /opt/Promise/WebPAMPRO/Server  
3. Run the restart command:  
sh restartPromiseWebPamPro.sh  
The system returns:  
/etc/rc.d/init.d/ exists.  
Shutting down: tomcat OK  
Starting: tomcat OK  
(Or a similar message)  
Setting up Email Service  
To change the Email settings:  
1. Click the Administrative Tools  
2. Click the Software Management  
icon in Tree View.  
icon.  
3. Click the Email tab in Management View.  
4. Enter an Email sender address (example: [email protected])  
in the field provided.  
5. Enter an Email server IP address in the field provided.  
6. Enter an Email subject (example: VTrak Status) in the field provided.  
7. When you are done, click the Submit button.  
124  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Chapter 5: Management with WebPAM PRO  
Setting up Extended SMTP  
To make Extended SMTP settings:  
1. Click the Administrative Tools  
2. Click the Software Management  
icon in Tree View.  
icon.  
3. Click the Email tab in Management View.  
4. Check the Enable ESMTP box to enable ESMTP.  
Uncheck the box to disable ESMTP.  
5. Enter ESMTP user name in the field provided.  
6. Enter a ESMTP password in the field provided.  
7. When you are done, click the Submit button.  
Sending A Test Email Message  
Before you can send a test message, your email service must be set up as  
described in “Setting up Email Service” on page 124.  
To send a test email message:  
1. Click the Administrative Tools  
2. Click the Software Management  
icon in Tree View.  
icon.  
3. Click the Email tab in Management View.  
4. Click the Test Email button.  
A new window opens.  
5. Type the recipient's email address in the field provided.  
6. Click the Submit button.  
WebPAM PRO sends a test email message to the address you specified.  
Setting Event Frame Refresh Time  
To set the refresh time for the Event Frame:  
1. Click the Administrative Tools  
icon in Tree View.  
icon.  
2. Click the Software Management  
3. Click the Refresh time tab.  
4. Choose a time interval from the Event Refresh Time dropdown menu.  
The choices are 15, 30, 60, and 300 seconds.  
5. Click the Submit button.  
125  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Changing CIM Client Settings  
The CIM client is part of the WebPAM PRO Utility Server. The Utility Server can  
be installed on any PC on the network. Only one CIM client and Utility Server  
installation is required.  
The CIM client works with CIM server. The CIM server is part of the  
WebPAMPRO Agent. The Agent must be installed on every host PC where the  
HBA RAID controller is installed to enable management over a network.  
Under most conditions, there is no need to change CIM settings.  
To change settings for the CIM client:  
1. Click the Administrative Tools  
icon in Tree View.  
icon.  
2. Click the Software Management  
3. Click the CIM Settings tab.  
4. Type the user name in the CIM User name field.  
The default name is “cim”.  
5. Type a password into the CIM User Password field.  
The default password is “password”.  
6. Click the Submit button.  
Important  
If you change CIM client settings, you must make matching CIM  
server settings on ALL Host PCs, otherwise WebPAM PRO will be  
unable to monitor them.  
Be sure you change the CIM server settings on ALL of your Host  
PCs to match the CIM client settings.  
Changing CIM Server Settings  
To change settings for the CIM server:  
1. On the Host PC, access the WebPAM PRO agent folder.  
•
•
Windows – C:/Program Files/Promise/WebPAMPRO/Agent/bin  
Linux – /opt/Promise/WebPAMPRO/Agent/bin  
2. Open a command-line utility, type cimuser --help and press Enter.  
3. Follow the instructions on the screen.  
126  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Chapter 5: Management with WebPAM PRO  
Managing the Host  
The Host is designated by its IP address:127.0.0.1. Host functions include:  
•
•
•
Viewing Host Information (page 127)  
Setting User Rights (page 127)  
Refreshing the WebPAM PRO Screen (page 127)  
Viewing Host Information  
To view Host information, click the 127.0.0.1  
icon in Tree View. In the  
Information tab, the following information appears:  
•
•
•
•
•
•
Management Port IP address (refers to the Host PC)  
Model of the RAID controller  
Alias of the RAID controller  
Firmware Version of the RAID controller  
Interface of the RAID controller  
World Wide Number of the RAID controller  
Setting User Rights  
User rights is the same function as user privilege. To set user rights:  
1. Click the 127.0.0.1  
icon in Tree View.  
2. Click the User Rights tab.  
3. Beside the name of the user whose privilege you want to change, choose  
the privilege level from the Privilege dropdown menu.  
For definitions of each privilege level, see “List of User Privileges” on  
page 118.  
4. Click the Submit button.  
You can also set user privilege under User settings. See “Making User Settings”  
on page 116  
Refreshing the WebPAM PRO Screen  
Unlike clicking browser’s refresh button, this function calls new information from  
the RAID controller’s firmware to update the screen. To refresh the screen:  
1. Click the 127.0.0.1  
icon in Tree View.  
2. Click the Refresh tab.  
3. Click the Submit button.  
4. Click the OK button in the confirmation box.  
127  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Managing the Subsystem  
Subsystem functions include:  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Viewing Subsystem Information (page 128)  
Clearing Statistical Data (page 129)  
Setting an Alias for the Subsystem (page 129)  
Viewing the Runtime Event Log (page 130)  
Saving the Runtime Event Log (page 131)  
Clearing the Runtime Event Log (page 131)  
Viewing the NVRAM Event Log (page 131)  
Saving the NVRAM Event Log (page 132)  
Clearing the NVRAM Event Log (page 132)  
Updating the Firmware (page 129)  
Checking Subsystem Health (page 130)  
Viewing the NVRAM Event Log (page 131)  
Viewing Current Background Activities (page 133)  
Making Background Activity Settings (page 133)  
Running Background Activities (page 134)  
Running Media Patrol (page 134)  
Running PDM (page 135)  
Viewing Scheduled Activities (page 135)  
Scheduling an Activity (page 135)  
Deleting a Scheduled Activity (page 137)  
Viewing System Configuration (page 137)  
Viewing Subsystem Information  
To view information about a subsystem, click the Subsystem  
View. Management View displays the subsystem information.  
icon in Tree  
To view information about the Host PC, users, controllers, schedules, activities,  
physical drives, disk arrays, and logical drives, see “Viewing System  
Configuration” on page 137.  
128  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 5: Management with WebPAM PRO  
Clearing Statistical Data  
Use this function to clear the statistical data registers for the controller, physical  
drives, and logical drives.  
To clear statistical data:  
1. In Tree View, click the Subsystem  
icon.  
2. In Management View, click the Information tab.  
3. Click the Clear Statistics link.  
4. Click the Submit button.  
5. In the Confirmation dialog box, type confirm and click the OK button.  
Setting an Alias for the Subsystem  
An alias is optional. To set an alias for this subsystem or host:  
1. In Tree View, click the Subsystem  
icon.  
2. In Management View, click the Settings tab.  
3. Enter a name into the Alias field.  
Maximum of 48 characters. Use letters, numbers, one space between  
words, and underscore.  
4. Click the Submit button.  
Updating the Firmware  
Cautions  
•
•
Before you begin, backup any important or useful data.  
Do NOT power off your PC during the procedure.  
Use this function to update the firmware and BIOS on the SuperTrak controller  
card. You must first download the update file and save it to the Host PC. See  
“Downloading BIOS and Firmware File” on page 285.  
Note that this function does not update the software driver. Install the software  
driver file following the procedure for your operating system. See “Chapter 3:  
Installing Drivers” on page 59.  
To upgrade the firmware and BIOS on the SuperTrak controller card:  
1. In Tree View, click the Subsystem  
icon.  
2. In Management View, click the Firmware Update tab dropdown menu and  
choose Download From Local File.  
3. Click the Browse button.  
129  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
4. Navigate to the directory where you saved the upgrade file, then click the  
upgrade file, and click the Open button.  
5. Click the Submit button.  
When the Flash Image Status shows Flash image completed, the firmware  
and BIOS have been updated.  
6. Restart the Host PC.  
Checking Subsystem Health  
1. In Tree View, click the Subsystem  
icon.  
2. In Management View, click the Health tab.  
The health or status of following items is displayed:  
•
•
•
•
•
Controller  
Disk Array  
Logical Drive  
Spare Drive  
Physical Drive  
If any item reports other than “OK” click that item in the Tree to investigate  
the cause of the problem.  
Viewing the Runtime Event Log  
Runtime Events lists information about all events recorded since the system was  
started. Runtime events are stored in RAM on the RAID controller. These events  
are cleared when you reboot your system.  
To view runtime events:  
1. In Tree View, click the Subsystem  
icon.  
2. From the dropdown menu on the Event tab, choose Runtime Events.  
The events are listed from newest at the top of the list to oldest at the  
bottom.  
Severity Definitions  
Each event is marked with a level of severity.  
•
•
•
•
•
Information – Information only, no action is required  
Warning – User can decide whether or not action is required  
Minor – Action is needed but the condition is not serious at this time  
Major – Action is needed now  
Critical – Action is needed now and the implications of the condition are  
serious  
130  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 5: Management with WebPAM PRO  
•
Fatal – Non-Recoverable error or failure has occurred  
Saving the Runtime Event Log  
This function saves a copy of the runtime event log as a text file on the Host PC’s  
hard drive.  
To save the runtime event log:  
1. In Tree View, click the Subsystem  
icon.  
2. From the dropdown menu on the Events tab, choose Runtime Events.  
3. At the bottom of the window, click the Save Event Log button.  
4. In the File Download dialog box, click the Save button.  
5. In the Save dialog box, name the file, navigate to the folder where you want  
to save the log file, and click the Save button.  
A text file of the event log is saved to the Host PC’s hard drive.  
Clearing the Runtime Event Log  
This function clears the events from the runtime event log screen and from the  
RAM on the RAID controller. This function has no effect upon events reported in  
the WebPAM PRO Event Frame. “Viewing the Event Frame” on page 113.  
To clear the runtime event log:  
1. In Tree View, click the Subsystem  
icon.  
2. From the dropdown menu on the Events tab, choose Runtime Events.  
3. At the bottom of the window, click the Clear Event Log button.  
4. In the Confirmation dialog box, type confirm and click the OK button.  
All events are cleared from the screen and the RAID controller’s RAM.  
Viewing the NVRAM Event Log  
NVRAM Events lists information about the most recent important or critical  
events. NVRAM events are stored in non-volatile memory on the RAID controller.  
This information persists even if you reboot your system.  
To view runtime events:  
1. In Tree View, click the Subsystem  
icon.  
2. From the dropdown menu on the Events tab, choose Subsystem Events in  
NVRAM.  
The events are listed from newest at the top of the list to oldest at the  
bottom.  
131  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Severity Definitions  
Each event is marked with a level of severity.  
•
•
•
•
•
Information – Information only, no action is required  
Warning – User can decide whether or not action is required  
Minor – Action is needed but the condition is not serious at this time  
Major – Action is needed now  
Critical – Action is needed now and the implications of the condition are  
serious  
•
Fatal – Non-Recoverable error or failure has occurred  
Saving the NVRAM Event Log  
This function saves a copy of the NVRAM event log as a text file on the Host  
PC’s hard drive.  
To save the NVRAM event log:  
1. In Tree View, click the Subsystem  
icon.  
2. From the dropdown menu on the Events tab, choose Subsystem Events in  
NVRAM.  
3. At the bottom of the window, click the Save Event Log button.  
4. In the File Download dialog box, click the Save button.  
5. In the Save dialog box, name the file, navigate to the folder where you want  
to save the log file, and click the Save button.  
A text file of the event log is saved to the Host PC’s hard drive.  
Clearing the NVRAM Event Log  
This function clears the events from the NVRAM event log screen and from the  
NVRAM on the RAID controller. This function has no effect upon events reported  
in the WebPAM PRO Event Frame. “Viewing the Event Frame” on page 113.  
To clear the NVRAM event log:  
1. In Tree View, click the Subsystem  
icon.  
2. From the dropdown menu on the Events tab, choose System Events in  
NVRAM.  
3. At the bottom of the window, click the Clear Event Log button.  
4. In the Confirmation dialog box, type confirm and click the OK button.  
All events are cleared from the screen and the RAID controller’s non-volatile  
RAM.  
132  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 5: Management with WebPAM PRO  
Viewing Current Background Activities  
To view the current background activities:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
icon in Tree View.  
2. Click the Background Activities tab in Management View.  
A list of current background activities appears, including:  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Rebuild  
PDM – Predictive Data Migration  
Synchronization  
Redundancy Check  
Migration  
Transition  
Initialization  
Media Patrol  
Making Background Activity Settings  
To make settings for background activities:  
1. In Tree View, click the Subsystem  
icon.  
2. From the dropdown menu on the Background Activities tab, choose Settings.  
3. Click the dropdown menu to choose a priority of Low, Medium, or High for  
the following functions:  
•
•
•
•
Rebuild – Rebuilds the data from a failed drive in a disk array  
Synchronization – Checks the data integrity on disk arrays  
Initialization – Sets all data bits in the logical drive to zero  
Redundancy Check – Checks, reports and can correct data  
inconsistencies in logical drives  
•
•
•
Migration – Change RAID level or add physical dries to disk arrays  
PDM – Looks for bad blocks the physical drives of disk arrays  
Transition – Returns a revertible spare drive to spare status  
The rates are defined as follows:  
•
•
•
Low – Fewer resources to activity, more to data read/write.  
Medium – Balance of resources to activity and data read/write.  
High – More resources to activity, fewer to data read/write.  
133  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
4. Highlight the following PDM trigger settings and type a value into the  
corresponding field:  
•
•
Reassigned Block Threshold – 1 to 512 blocks  
Error Block Threshold – 1 to 1024 blocks  
5. Check to enable or uncheck to disable the following functions:  
•
•
Media Patrol – Checks the magnetic media on physical drives  
Auto Rebuild – If there is a spare drive of adequate capacity, a critical  
disk array will begin to rebuild automatically. If not spare drive is  
available, the disk array will begin to rebuild as soon as you replace the  
failed physical drive with an unconfigured physical drive of equal or  
greater size.  
6. Click the Submit button to save your settings.  
Running Background Activities  
To run a background activity from the Background Activities tab:  
1. In Tree View, click the Subsystem  
icon.  
2. From the dropdown menu on the Background Activities tab, choose one of  
the following activities:  
•
•
•
•
•
•
Media Patrol – See “Running Media Patrol” on page 134  
Rebuild – See “Rebuilding a Disk Array” on page 162  
PDM – See “Running PDM” on page 135  
Transition – See “Transitioning a Disk Array” on page 164  
Initialization – See “Initializing a Logical Drive” on page 169  
Redundancy Check – See “Running Redundancy Check” on page 170  
3. In the next screen, make the choices as requested.  
4. Click the Start button.  
Running Media Patrol  
Media Patrol checks the magnetic media on physical drives. When it finds the  
specified number of bad blocks, it will trigger PDM. See “Making Background  
Activity Settings” on page 133 and “Running PDM” on page 135.  
You can schedule Media Patrol to run automatically, see “Scheduling an Activity”  
on page 135.  
To run Media Patrol:  
1. In Tree View, click the Subsystem  
icon.  
2. From the dropdown menu on the Background Activities tab, choose Start  
Media Patrol.  
134  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                   
Chapter 5: Management with WebPAM PRO  
3. In the next screen, click the Start button.  
Running PDM  
Predictive Data Migration (PDM) migrates data from the suspect physical drive to  
a spare disk drive, similar to Rebuilding. But unlike Rebuilding, PDM acts before  
the disk drive fails and your Logical Drive goes Critical.  
You an also run PDM on a specific disk array, see “Running PDM on a Disk  
Array” on page 163.  
Also see “Predictive Data Migration (PDM)” on page 248.  
To run PDM:  
1. In Tree View, click the Subsystem  
icon.  
2. From the dropdown menu on the Background Activities tab, choose Start  
PDM.  
3. In the next screen, choose the Source and Target physical drives.  
The suspect physical drive is the Source. The replacement physical drive is  
the Target.  
4. Click the Start button.  
Viewing Scheduled Activities  
To view scheduled activities for this subsystem:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
icon Tree View.  
2. Click the Scheduler tab in Management View.  
Scheduling an Activity  
To set a scheduled activity for this subsystem:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
icon Tree View.  
2. From the dropdown menu on the Scheduler tab, choose Add BGA  
Scheduler.  
3. Click the option button of the activity you want:  
•
•
•
Media Patrol. See “Running Media Patrol” on page 134  
Redundancy Check. See “Running Redundancy Check” on page 170  
Spare Check. See “Running Spare Check” on page 175  
4. In the Scheduler dialog box, check the Enable This Schedule box.  
135  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
               
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
5. Click the option button for the Recurrence Pattern you want:  
•
•
•
Daily  
Weekly  
Monthly  
6. Click the Next button.  
7. For a DAILY recurrence pattern, make the following setting:  
•
Choose a Start Time for the activity, based on a 24-hour clock, from the  
dropdown menus.  
•
Type the number of days between activities, from 1 to 255, into the  
Every days field.  
For a WEEKLY recurrence pattern, make the following settings:  
•
•
•
Choose a Start Time for the activity, based on a 24-hour clock, from the  
dropdown menus.  
Type the number of weeks between activities, from 1 to 52, into the  
Every weeks field.  
Check the boxes for the days of the week you want the activity to run.  
You can choose from 1 to 7 days.  
For a MONTHLY recurrence pattern, make the following settings:  
•
Choose a Start Time for the activity, based on a 24-hour clock, from the  
dropdown menus.  
•
Choose the day of the month:  
•
Choose a day of the month, 1 to 31, from the dropdown menu. See  
the Note below.  
•
Choose a day of the month, first to last, and day of the week, from  
the dropdown menus.  
•
Check the boxes for the months of the year you want the activity to run.  
You can choose from 1 to 12 months.  
8. Choose a starting date in the Start From dropdown menus.  
The default is today's date.  
9. Choose an End On option:  
•
•
No end date (recommended).  
End After the specified number of activities. Type the number of  
activities, from 1 to 255, into the field provided.  
•
Until a specified date. Choose an end date from the dropdown menus.  
The default is today's date.  
136  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5: Management with WebPAM PRO  
10. For Redundancy Check only:  
•
•
•
Choose the Auto Fix option. This feature attempts to repair the problem  
when it finds an error.  
Choose the Pause on Error option. This feature stops the process when  
it finds an error  
Check the boxes beside the logical drives (all except RAID 0) to which  
this activity will apply.  
Note: Each logical drive can have only one scheduled Redundancy  
Check.  
11. Click the Submit button.  
Note  
For monthly schedules, if you choose a higher number than a  
month has days, the activity will occur in the following month. For  
example, say you choose day 31. But there are only 30 days in the  
month of June. Therefore, the June activity will happen on July 1.  
The next activity will happen on July 31.  
Deleting a Scheduled Activity  
To delete a scheduled activity for this subsystem:  
1. Click the Subsystem icon Tree View.  
2. From the dropdown menu on the Scheduler tab, choose Delete Schedules.  
3. Check the box to the left of the schedule you want to delete.  
4. Click the Submit button.  
Viewing System Configuration  
To view the configuration of your complete system:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
icon Tree View.  
2. Click the Configuration tab in Management View.  
The following information is displayed:  
•
Host Information – WebPAM PRO version, host name and IP address,  
OS version, and JVM version  
•
•
•
User List – User name, status, and display name  
Controllers Summary – Alias, model, and operational status  
Scheduled Activities List – Type, recurrence, start time, and  
operational status  
•
Enclosures Summary – ID, type, operational status, and description  
137  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
•
•
•
•
Physical Drive List – Device number, model, type, capacity, location,  
operational status, and configuration  
Disk Array List – ID, alias, operational status, configurable capacity,  
and free capacity  
Logical Drive List – Device number, alias, RAID level, capacity, ID,  
stripe size, sector size, and operational status  
Spare Drive List – ID, operational status, physical drive ID, capacity,  
revertibility, type (global or dedicated), and dedicated to array  
138  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5: Management with WebPAM PRO  
Managing the Controller  
The RAID controller is the heart of the RAID storage system. Management of  
Controllers includes the following functions:  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Viewing Controllers Information (page 139)  
Viewing Controller Information (page 139)  
Viewing Controller Statistics (page 141)  
Making Controller Settings (page 141)  
Clearing an Orphan Watermark (page 142)  
Viewing Battery Information (page 142)  
Silencing the Buzzer (page 143)  
Making Buzzer Settings (page 143)  
Testing the Buzzer (page 143)  
Viewing Buzzer Information (page 144)  
Viewing Controllers Information  
Controllers information refers to a brief summary about the controller. To view  
Controller information:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
2. Click the Controllers  
icon in Tree View.  
icon.  
The controllers information appears under the Information tab in  
Management View. Controllers information includes:  
•
•
•
•
Controller ID  
Alias, if assigned  
Model of the RAID controller  
Status of the RAID controller – OK means normal  
Viewing Controller Information  
Controller information refers to detailed information about the controller. To view  
Controller information:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
2. Click the Controllers  
3. Click the Controller  
icon in Tree View.  
icon.  
icon.  
The controller information appears on the Information tab in Management  
View.  
139  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Controller information includes:  
Controller ID (1 or 2)  
Alias, if assigned*  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Vendor  
Model  
Operational Status  
Power On Time  
Cache Usage (percent)  
Dirty Cache Usage (percent) – Refers to data in the cache that is not yet  
saved to a physical drive  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Part number  
Serial number  
Hardware revision number  
WWN – World Wide Number of the controller  
Manufacturing Date  
SCSI protocols supported  
Host Driver Version  
BIOS Version  
Single Image Version  
Single Image Build Date  
The Host driver is installed and updated through your operating system.  
You can update the other items automatically. See “Updating the  
Firmware” on page 129.  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Advanced controller information includes:  
Memory Type – Controller’s data cache.  
Memory Size  
Flash Type – Stores firmware, software and user configurations.  
Flash Size  
NVRAM Type – Stores parameters, settings and tables.  
NVRAM Size  
Preferred Cache Line Size  
Cache Line Size  
Coercion*  
Coercion Method*  
SMART* – Self-Monitoring, Analysis and Reporting System for physical  
drives  
140  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5: Management with WebPAM PRO  
Controller information, continued:  
•
•
•
•
•
SMART Polling Interval*  
Write Back Cache Flush Interval*  
Write Through Mode  
Enclosure Polling interval*  
Adaptive Writeback Cache*  
Items marked with an asterisk (*) are user adjustable. See “Making  
Controller Settings” on page 141.  
Viewing Controller Statistics  
To view controller statistics:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
2. Click the Controllers  
3. Click the Controller  
icon in Tree View.  
icon.  
icon.  
4. From the dropdown menu on the Information tab, choose Statistics.  
Making Controller Settings  
To make Controller settings:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
2. Click the Controllers  
3. Click the Controller  
icon in Tree View.  
icon.  
icon.  
4. Click the Settings tab in Management View.  
5. Make the following settings as needed:  
•
Optional. Enter a name into the Alias field.  
Maximum of 48 characters. Use letters, numbers, one space between  
words, and underscore. An alias is not required.  
•
•
•
Check the SMART Log box to enable the Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and  
Reporting System (SMART).  
Enter a polling interval (1 to 1440 minutes) in SMART Polling Interval  
field.  
Check the Coercion Enabled box to enable disk drive capacity coercion.  
141  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
•
Choose a coercion method from the Coercion Method dropdown menu.  
The choices are:  
•
•
•
•
GBTruncate  
10GBTruncate  
GRPRounding  
TableRounding  
For more information, see “Capacity Coercion” on page 238.  
•
•
Enter a time interval (1 to 12 seconds) in the Write Back Cache Flush  
Interval field.  
For more information, see “Choosing Cache Policy” on page 237.  
Enter a time interval (15 to 255 seconds) in the Enclosure Polling  
Interval field.  
This is the time interval in which the controller polls all of the  
components in the enclosure.  
Note: Adaptive Writeback Cache is a planned feature for SuperTrak.  
6. Click the Submit button.  
The changes take effect immediately.  
Clearing an Orphan Watermark  
An Orphan Watermark condition is the result of a disk drive failure during an  
NVRAM RAID level migration on a disk array. The Clear tab remains grayed out  
unless this condition is present.  
To clear an orphan watermark:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
2. Click the Controllers  
3. Click the Controller  
icon in Tree View.  
icon.  
icon.  
4. Click the Clear tab in Management View.  
5. Click the Submit button.  
The change takes effect immediately.  
Viewing Battery Information  
The RAID controller’s cache backup battery protects data in the cache for up to  
72 hours in the event of a power failure.  
To view battery information:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
2. Click the Controllers  
icon in Tree View.  
icon.  
142  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
Chapter 5: Management with WebPAM PRO  
3. Click the Controller  
icon.  
4. Click the Battery tab in Management View.  
In normal operation, the operational status of the battery shows Fully Charged  
with a Reserve Capacity of 100%. If the battery is constantly recharging, its  
reserve capacity drops significantly, or the battery remains discharged, replace  
the battery. Also see “Viewing Enclosure Information” on page 145.  
Silencing the Buzzer  
To silence the buzzer for the current event:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
2. Click the Controllers  
3. Click the Controller  
icon in Tree View.  
icon.  
icon.  
4. Click the Buzzer tab in Management View.  
5. Click the Mute button.  
The buzzer goes silent but will sound again for future events.  
Making Buzzer Settings  
To make buzzer settings:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
2. Click the Controllers  
3. Click the Controller  
icon in Tree View.  
icon.  
icon.  
4. From the dropdown menu on the Buzzer tab, choose Settings.  
5. Check the Enable Buzzer box to enable the buzzer.  
Uncheck the box to disable the buzzer.  
6. Click the Submit button  
The changes take effect immediately.  
Testing the Buzzer  
You must enable the buzzer before you can test it. See “Making Buzzer  
Settings,” above.  
To test the buzzer:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
2. Click the Controllers  
3. Click the Controller  
icon in Tree View.  
icon.  
icon.  
143  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
4. Click the Buzzer tab in Management View.  
5. Click the Sound button.  
The buzzer sounds a continuous tone.  
6. Click the Mute button.  
The buzzer goes silent but remains enabled.  
Viewing Buzzer Information  
This function refers to the buzzer on the SuperTrak RAID controller card.  
To view buzzer information:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
2. Click the Controllers  
3. Click the Controller  
icon in Tree View.  
icon.  
icon.  
4. Click the Buzzer tab in Management View.  
144  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 5: Management with WebPAM PRO  
Managing Enclosures  
This function of WebPAM PRO does not apply to the SuperTrak RAID controller  
card installed in the Host PC, except for one item:  
•
Viewing Enclosure Information (page 145)  
Viewing Enclosure Information  
Enclosure information includes:  
•
•
•
•
Enclosure ID  
Enclosure Type – Virtual  
SEP Firmware Version  
Maximum number of Controllers, Physical Drive Slots, Fans, Blowers,  
Temperature Sensors, Power Supply Units, Batteries, and Voltage Sensors.  
This information might be useful when contacting Technical Support.  
To view Enclosure information:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
2. Click the Enclosures  
3. Click the Enclosure  
icon in Tree View.  
icon.  
icon.  
The Enclosure information appears on the Information tab.  
See the following topics:  
•
•
•
•
“SAS Connections and ID Numbers” on page 15  
“Viewing Controller Information” on page 139  
“Viewing Battery Information” on page 142  
“Contacting Technical Support” on page 273.  
Note  
In addition to the SuperTrak EX Series, WebPAM PRO also  
supports Promise VTrak RAID Subsystems.  
For more information about managing those products with  
WebPAM PRO, see the online help or refer to the Subsystem’s  
Product Manual.  
145  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Managing Physical Drives  
Managing Physical Drives deals with the physical disk drives under the  
SuperTrak RAID controller, including the following functions:  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Viewing a List of Physical Drives (page 146)  
Locating a Physical Drive (page 146)  
Making Global Physical Drive Settings (page 147)  
Viewing Physical Drive Information (page 148)  
Viewing Physical Drive Statistics (page 148)  
Making Physical Drive Settings (page 148)  
Clearing Stale and PFA Conditions (page 149)  
Viewing a List of Physical Drives  
To view a list of physical drives in this enclosure:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
2. Click the Enclosures  
3. Click the Enclosure  
icon in Tree View.  
icon.  
icon.  
4. Click the Physical Drives  
icon.  
The list of physical drives appears in Management View.  
Click the PD link to view a specific physical drive. See “Viewing Physical  
Drive Information” on page 148.  
Note that Enclosure and Slot numbers are assigned by the controller and do  
not necessarily correspond to the actual physical locations of the disk drives,  
especially when the disk drives are installed in an enclosure not designed by  
Promise.  
Also see “SAS Connections and ID Numbers” on page 15.  
Locating a Physical Drive  
Virtual or Third Party Enclosures  
Support for this feature depends on how your system or enclosure was set up.  
Direct-connect systems with individual LED connections and SGPIO enclosures  
support individual physical drive LEDs. Other systems or enclosures might or  
might not support them. See “Appendix D: LED Backplane Connections” on  
page 291.  
To locate a physical drive in the enclosure, click the Locate PDx button. The LED  
for the carrier holding the physical drive will blink for one minute.  
146  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
               
Chapter 5: Management with WebPAM PRO  
Promise Enclosures  
To locate a physical drive in the VTrak JBOD enclosure, click the Locate PDx  
button. The disk status LED will blink for one minute to identify the carrier holding  
the physical drive.  
Figure 6. VTrak drive carrier LEDs  
Disk Status  
Power/Activity  
Making Global Physical Drive Settings  
Global settings apply to all of the physical disk drives installed under the  
SuperTrak controller. The functions include:  
SATA Drives  
SAS Drives  
•
•
•
Enable Write Cache  
•
•
•
Enable Write Cache  
Enable Read Look Ahead Cache  
Enable Command Queuing  
Enable Read Look Ahead Cache  
Enable Read Cache  
To make global physical drive settings:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
2. Click the Enclosures  
3. Click the Enclosure  
icon in Tree View.  
icon.  
icon.  
4. Click the Physical Drives  
icon.  
5. Click the Global Settings tab in Management View.  
6. Check the features you want to enable.  
Uncheck any features you want to disable.  
7. Click the Submit button.  
The changes take effect immediately.  
The functions you enable here depend on whether the physical drives  
support those functions. See “Viewing Physical Drive Information” on  
page 148 to determine which functions a particular drive supports.  
147  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Viewing Physical Drive Information  
To view physical drive information:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
2. Click the Enclosures  
3. Click the Enclosure  
icon in Tree View.  
icon.  
icon.  
4. Click the Physical Drives  
icon.  
5. Click a Physical Drive icon.  
Useful information provided here includes:  
•
Operational Status – OK is normal. Can also show Rebuilding, Forced  
Online, Forced Offline, Transition Running, PDM Running, Media Patrol  
Running, Stale, PFA, Offline or Dead.  
•
Configuration Status – The array to which the drive is assigned or its spare  
designation, including Unconfigured, Stale, PFA, Global Spare, Dedicated  
Spare, Revertible Global Spare, Revertible Dedicated Spare.  
Adjustable Items  
•
•
•
Write Cache – Enabled or disabled as chosen on the Physical Drives  
Settings tab.  
Read Look Ahead (Cache) – Enabled or disabled as chosen on the  
Physical Drives Settings tab.  
Command Queuing – SATA only. Enabled or disabled.  
See “Making Global Physical Drive Settings” on page 147.  
Viewing Physical Drive Statistics  
To view physical drive statistics:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
2. Click the Enclosures  
3. Click the Enclosure  
icon in Tree View.  
icon.  
icon.  
4. Click the Physical Drives  
icon.  
5. Click a Physical Drive icon.  
6. From the dropdown menu on the Information tab, choose Statistics.  
Making Physical Drive Settings  
The only individual physical drive setting is an alias. An alias is optional. To set  
an alias for a physical drive:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
icon in Tree View.  
148  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
Chapter 5: Management with WebPAM PRO  
2. Click the Enclosures  
3. Click the Enclosure  
icon.  
icon.  
4. Click the Physical Drives  
icon.  
5. Click a Physical Drive icon.  
6. Click the Settings tab in Management View.  
7. Type an alias into the Physical Drive Alias field.  
Maximum of 32 characters. Use letters, numbers, one space between  
words, and underscore.  
8. Click the Submit button.  
Clearing Stale and PFA Conditions  
The Clear tab only appears when one or both conditions are present.  
•
•
Stale – The physical drive contains obsolete disk array information.  
PFA – The physical drive has errors resulting in a prediction of failure.  
Be sure you have corrected the condition by a physical drive replacement, rebuild  
operation, etc., first. Then clear the condition.  
To clear a Stale or PFA status from a physical drive:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
2. Click the Enclosures  
3. Click the Enclosure  
icon in Tree View.  
icon.  
icon.  
4. Click the Physical Drives  
icon.  
5. Click a Physical Drive icon.  
6. in Management View, click the Clear tab.  
7. Click the Submit button.  
Note  
If a physical drive has both a Stale and a PFA condition, click the  
Submit button once to clear the Stale condition, then click again  
to clear the PFA condition.  
149  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Managing Disk Arrays  
Disk Array Management includes the following functions:  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Viewing Disk Arrays (page 150)  
Locating a Disk Array (page 150)  
Creating a Disk Array (page 151)  
Deleting a Disk Array (page 157)  
Viewing Disk Array Information (page 157)  
Making Disk Array Settings (page 158)  
Creating a Logical Drive (page 159)  
Deleting a Logical Drive (page 160)  
Migrating a Disk Array (page 161)  
Rebuilding a Disk Array (page 162)  
Running PDM on a Disk Array (page 163)  
Transitioning a Disk Array (page 164)  
Preparing a Disk Array for Transport (page 164)  
Viewing Disk Arrays  
To view the disk arrays in this enclosure plus any expanded or cascaded  
enclosures:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
2. Click the Disk Arrays  
icon in Tree View.  
icon.  
A list of disk arrays appears in Management View.  
Click the DA link to view a specific disk array. See “Viewing Disk Array  
Information” on page 157.  
Locating a Disk Array  
Virtual or Third Party Enclosures  
Support for this feature depends on how your system or enclosure was set up.  
Direct-connect systems with individual LED connections and SGPIO enclosures  
support individual physical drive LEDs. Other systems or enclosures might or  
might not support them. See “Appendix D: LED Backplane Connections” on  
page 291.  
To locate a disk array in the enclosure, click the Locate DAx button. The LEDs  
for the carriers holding the physical drives used by the disk array will blink for one  
minute.  
150  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
Chapter 5: Management with WebPAM PRO  
Promise Enclosures  
To locate a disk array in a VTrak JBOD enclosure, click the Locate DAx button.  
The disk status LEDs will blink for one minute to identify the carriers holding the  
physical drives used by the disk array.  
Figure 7. VTrak drive carrier LEDs  
Disk Status  
Power/Activity  
Creating a Disk Array  
WebPAM PRO provides three methods of creating a disk array:  
•
Automatic – Creates a default disk array and logical drive based on  
unconfigured physical drives in the system. No user choices. If you have  
multiple enclosures, multiple disk array/logical drive sets are created. See  
“Creating a Disk Array – Automatic Configuration” on page 152.  
•
•
Express – You choose the RAID characteristics and type of application.  
Creates a disk array and logical drive(s) based on your input. See “Creating  
a Disk Array – Express Configuration” on page 153.  
Advanced – You specify all parameters for a new disk array. One logical  
drive will be made automatically when you create the disk array. If you  
specify less than the total available capacity, you can use the remaining  
space to create additional logical drives now or at a later time. See “Creating  
a Disk Array – Advanced Configuration” on page 155.  
151  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Creating a Disk Array – Automatic Configuration  
The Disk Array – Automatic Configuration option enables you to create a new  
disk array following a default set of parameters. One logical drive will be made  
automatically when you create the disk array. If you have multiple enclosures,  
multiple disk array/logical drive sets are created. To create a Disk Array using  
the Automatic function:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
2. Click the Disk Arrays  
icon in Tree View.  
icon.  
3. From dropdown menu on the Create tab, choose Automatic.  
The following parameters display:  
•
Disk Arrays – The number of physical drives in the disk array, their slot  
numbers, configurable capacity, and the number of logical drives to be  
created  
•
•
Logical Drives – The ID number of the logical drive(s), their RAID level,  
capacity, and stripe size  
Spare Drives – The physical drive slot number of the dedicated hot  
spare assigned to this disk array. A hot spare drive is created for all  
RAID levels except RAID 0, when five or more unconfigured physical  
drives are available  
4. If you accept these parameters, click the Submit button.  
The new disk array appears in the Disk Array List the Information tab.  
If you do NOT accept these parameters, use the Advanced option to create  
your disk array.  
152  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 5: Management with WebPAM PRO  
Creating a Disk Array – Express Configuration  
The Disk Array – Express Configuration option enables you to choose the  
parameters for a new disk array by specifying the characteristics you want. With  
this method, you can create multiple logical drives at the same time you create  
your disk array. However, all of the logical drives will be the same.  
If you prefer to specific the parameters directly, use the Advanced option to  
create your disk array.  
If you are uncertain about choosing parameters for your disk array, use the  
Automatic option.  
To create a new disk array:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
2. Click the Disk Arrays  
icon in Tree View.  
icon.  
3. From the dropdown menu on the Create tab, choose Express.  
4. Check the boxes to choose any one or combination of:  
•
•
•
•
Redundancy – The array will remain available if a physical drive fails  
Capacity – The greatest possible amount of data capacity  
Performance – The highest possible read/write speed  
Mixing SATA/SAS Drive – Check this box if you want to use both  
SATA and SAS drives in the same disk array.  
If the box is unchecked, and you have both SATA and SAS drives,  
different arrays will be created for each type of drive.  
5. In the Number of Logical Drives field, enter the number of logical drives you  
want to make from this disk array.  
6. From the Application Type menu, choose an application that best describes  
your intended use for this disk array:  
•
•
•
•
•
File Server  
Video Stream  
Transaction Data  
Transaction Log  
Other  
7. Click the Update button.  
Or check the Automatic Update box and updates will occur automatically.  
The following parameters display:  
•
Disk Arrays – The number of physical drives in the disk array, their slot  
numbers, configurable capacity, and the number of logical drives to be  
created  
153  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
•
•
Logical Drives – The slot number of the logical drive(s), their RAID  
level, capacity, and stripe size  
Spare Drives – The physical drive slot number of the dedicated hot  
spare assigned to this disk array (all RAID levels except RAID 0)  
If you accept these parameters, proceed to the next step.  
If you do NOT accept these parameters, review and modify your choices in  
the previous steps.  
8. When you are done, click the Submit button.  
The new disk array appears in the Disk Array List the Information tab.  
154  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5: Management with WebPAM PRO  
Creating a Disk Array – Advanced Configuration  
The Disk Array – Advanced Configuration option enables you to directly specify  
all parameters for a new disk array. One logical drive will be made automatically  
when you create the disk array. If you specify less than the total available  
capacity, you can use the remaining space to create additional logical drives now  
or at a later time.  
If you are uncertain about choosing parameters for your disk array, use the  
Express or Automatic option to create your disk array.  
To create a new disk array:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
2. Click the Disk Arrays  
icon in Tree View.  
icon.  
3. From the dropdown menu on the Create tab, choose Advanced.  
Step 1 – Disk Array Creation  
1. Enter a name for the disk array in the field provided.  
2. Check the box if you want to enable Media Patrol.  
For more information, see “Media Patrol” on page 248.  
3. Check the box if you want to enable PDM.  
For more information, see “Predictive Data Migration (PDM)” on page 248.  
4. Highlight physical drives you want in the disk array from the Available list  
and press the >> button to move them to the Selected list.  
You can also double-click them to move them.  
5. When you are done, click the Next button.  
Step 2 – Logical Drive Creation  
Logical Drive Creation enables you to specify logical drives under the new disk  
array. Enter the information for a logical drive, then click the Update button. If  
there is free capacity remaining, you can specify another logical drive now or wait  
until later. You can create up to 32 logical drives per array.  
1. Optional. Type an alias into the field provided.  
2. Choose a RAID level for the logical drive from the dropdown menu.  
The choice of RAID levels depends the number of physical drives you  
selected.  
3. RAID 50 and 60 only. Specify the number of axles for your array.  
See “RAID 50 Axles” on page 227 or “RAID 60 Axles” on page 230.  
4. Specify a Capacity and the unit of measure (MB, GB, TB).  
155  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
               
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
This value will be the data capacity of the first logical drive in your new disk  
array. If you specify less than disk array's maximum capacity, the remainder  
will be available for additional logical drives which you can create later.  
5. Specify a Stripe size from the dropdown menu.  
64 KB, 128 KB, 256 KB, and 1 MB are available. 64 KB is the default.  
6. Specify a Sector size from the dropdown menu.  
512 B, 1 KB, 2 KB, and 4 KB are available. 512 B is the default.  
7. Specify a Read (cache) Policy from the dropdown menu.  
Read Cache, Read Ahead Cache, and No Cache are available. Read Ahead  
is the default.  
8. Specify a Write (cache) Policy from the dropdown menu.  
Write Back and Write Through are available. Write Back is the default.  
9. From the Initialization dropdown menu, choose an Initialization policy.  
None, Quick, and Full are available. None is the default but is not  
recommended. See “Initialization” on page 239.  
10. Click the Update button.  
A new logical drive is displayed under New Logical Drives.  
Repeat the above steps to specify additional logical drives as desired.  
11. When you are done specifying logical drives, click the Next button.  
Step 3 – Summary  
The Summary lists the disk array and logical drive information you specified.  
To proceed with disk array and logical drive creation, click the Submit button.  
The new disk array appears in the Disk Array List the Information tab.  
Note  
This function does not automatically create a hot spare drive. After  
the disk array is created, you can create a hot spare drive for it.  
For more information, see “Creating a Spare Drive” on page 173.  
156  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Chapter 5: Management with WebPAM PRO  
Deleting a Disk Array  
The Disk Arrays–Delete tab enables you to delete existing disk arrays.  
Caution  
If you delete a disk array, you also delete any logical drives that  
belong to it, along with the data in those logical drives. Back up  
any important data before deleting a disk array.  
To delete a disk array:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
2. Click the Disk Arrays  
icon in Tree View.  
icon.  
3. Click the Delete tab in Management View.  
4. Check the box to the left of the disk array you want to delete.  
5. Click the Submit button.  
6. In the confirmation box, type the word confirm in the field provided.  
7. Click the OK button.  
The chosen disk array disappears from the Disk Array List the Information tab.  
Viewing Disk Array Information  
To view Disk Array information:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
2. Click the Disk Arrays  
icon in Tree View.  
icon.  
3. Click the Disk Array  
icon.  
The disk array information is shown in Management View.  
Disk Array Operational Status  
•
OK – This is the normal state of a logical drive. When a logical drive is  
Functional, it is ready for immediate use. For RAID Levels other than  
RAID 0, the logical drive has full redundancy.  
•
Synchronizing – This condition is temporary. Synchronizing is a  
maintenance function that verifies the integrity of data and redundancy in the  
logical drive. When a logical drive is Synchronizing, it will function and your  
data is available. However, access will be slower due to the synchronizing  
operation.  
•
Critical / Degraded – This condition arises as the result of a physical drive  
failure. A degraded logical drive will still function and your data is still  
157  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
available. However, the logical drive has lost redundancy (fault tolerance).  
You must determine the cause of the problem and correct it.  
•
•
Rebuilding – This condition is temporary. When a physical drive has been  
replaced, the logical drive automatically begins rebuilding in order to restore  
redundancy (fault tolerance). When a logical drive is rebuilding, it will  
function and your data is available. However, access will be slower due to  
the rebuilding operation.  
Transport Ready – After you perform a successful Prepare for Transport  
operation, this condition means you can remove the physical drives of this  
disk array and move them to another enclosure or different drive slots. After  
you relocate the physical drives, the disk array status will show OK.  
Physical Drive Status  
•
•
•
•
OK – This is the normal state of a physical drive.  
Forced Offline – This drive was forced offline by the user.  
Forced Online – This drive was forced online by the user.  
Transition Running – A Transition is running that involves this physical  
drive.  
•
•
•
PDM Running – PDM is running on this physical drive.  
Media Patrol Running – Media Patrol is running on this physical drive.  
Stale – The physical drive contains obsolete disk array information. Click the  
Clear tab.  
•
•
PFA – The physical drive has errors resulting in a prediction of failure. Click  
the Clear tab.  
Offline – This condition arises as the result of a second physical drive  
failure. An Offline logical drive is not accessible but some or all of your data  
may remain intact. You must determine the cause of the problem and correct  
it.  
•
Dead – The physical drive has failed.  
Making Disk Array Settings  
To make Disk Array settings:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
2. Click the Disk Arrays  
icon in Tree View.  
icon.  
3. Click the Disk Array  
icon.  
4. Click the Settings tab in Management View.  
5. Optional. Enter an alias in the Disk Array Alias field.  
158  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 5: Management with WebPAM PRO  
Maximum of 32 characters. Use letters, numbers, one space between  
words, and underscore. An alias is optional.  
6. To enable Media Patrol support, check the Media Patrol box.  
7. To enable PDM support, check the PDM box.  
8. Click the Submit button.  
Creating a Logical Drive  
When you create a disk array, you automatically create one logical drive also. If  
the initial logical drive used less than the full capacity of the disk array, you can  
create additional logical drives from the same disk array. You can create up to 32  
logical drives per array.  
To create a logical drive:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
2. Click the Disk Arrays  
icon in Tree View.  
icon.  
3. Click the Disk Array  
icon.  
4. Click the Create LD tab in Management View.  
5. Optional. Enter an alias (name) in the Alias field.  
Maximum of 32 characters. Use letters, numbers, one space between  
words, and underscore. An alias is optional.  
6. From the RAID Level dropdown list, choose a RAID level for this logical  
drive.  
All RAID levels supported by the disk array appear in the list. See “Choosing  
a RAID Level” on page 232.  
7. Enter a capacity and choose unit of measure (MB, GB, TB).  
The default value is the available capacity of the disk array. You can use this  
value or any lesser amount.  
8. From the Stripe dropdown menu, choose a Stripe size for this logical drive.  
The choices are 64 KB, 128 KB, 256 KB, 512 KB, and 1 MB. 64 KB is the  
default. See “Choosing Stripe Block Size” on page 236.  
9. From the Sector dropdown menu, choose a Sector size for this logical drive.  
The choices are 512 B, 1 KB, 2 KB, and 4 KB. 512 B is the default. See  
“Choosing Sector Size” on page 236.  
10. From the Read Policy dropdown menu, choose a Read Cache policy for this  
logical drive.  
159  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                 
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
The choices are Read Cache, Read Ahead, and No Cache. Read Ahead is  
the default. See “Choosing Cache Policy” on page 237.  
11. From the Write Policy dropdown menu, choose a Write Cache policy for this  
logical drive.  
The choices are Write Through and Write Back. Write Back is the default. If  
you chose No Cache under Read Cache, this setting will be Write Through.  
See “Choosing Cache Policy” on page 237.  
12. From the Initialization dropdown menu, choose an Initialization policy.  
The choices are None, Quick and Full. See “Initialization” on page 239.  
13. Click the Update button to enter the logical drive parameters.  
14. Review the results. If there is remaining space the disk array, you can create  
another logical drive, following the steps above. Each logical drive can have  
a different set of parameters.  
15. Click the Next button when you are done.  
A new window displays with the disk array information and the proposed  
logical drives with their parameters.  
16. Click the Submit button create the logical drives.  
The new logical drive appears in the Logical Drive List the Information tab.  
If you created a fault-tolerant logical drive (any RAID level except RAID 0), the  
Operational Status of new logical drive will display Synchronizing for several  
minutes after creation. You can use the logical drive during this period but read/  
write performance could be slower than normal.  
Deleting a Logical Drive  
Caution  
All data the logical drive will be lost. Back up any valuable data  
before deleting the logical drive.  
To delete a logical drive:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
2. Click the Disk Arrays  
icon in Tree View.  
icon.  
3. Click the Disk Array  
icon.  
4. Click the Delete LD tab in Management View.  
5. Check the box to the left of the logical drive you want to delete.  
6. Click the Submit button.  
160  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Chapter 5: Management with WebPAM PRO  
In the confirmation box, type the word confirm in the field provided.  
7. Click the OK button.  
The chosen logical disappears from the Logical Drive List the Information tab.  
Migrating a Disk Array  
On SuperTrak, RAID level migration is performed on the disk array but it applies  
to the logical drives. The action of migrating a disk array means either or both:  
•
•
Change its RAID Level  
Increase the number of disk drives (sometimes called expansion)  
For a list of Migration options and other important information, see “RAID Level  
Migration” on page 240.  
To Migrate an existing disk array:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
2. Click the Disk Arrays  
icon in Tree View.  
icon.  
3. Click the Disk Array  
icon.  
4. From the dropdown menu on the Background Activities tab, choose Start  
Migration.  
5. Highlight physical drives you want in the disk array from the Available list  
and press the >> button to move them to the Selected list. You can also  
double-click them to move them.  
6. When you are done, click the Next button  
7. Choose a new RAID Level, if desired  
8. To expand the capacity of one or more logical drives, check the Expand  
Capacity box  
9. If you checked the Expand Capacity box, enter a number into the Capacity  
field and choose the appropriate unit of measure (MB, GB, TB)  
10. Under Capacity Usage, highlight the logical drive whose RAID level you  
want to change or whose capacity you want to expand  
11. Click the Update button.  
The logical drive changes to reflect your choices.  
12. Update other logical drives using the same method.  
13. When you are done making changes, click the Next button.  
14. Click the Submit button to begin Migration.  
In the confirmation box, type the word confirm in the field provided.  
15. Click the OK button.  
161  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
To set Migration priority, see “Making Background Activity Settings” on page 133.  
Rebuilding a Disk Array  
When you rebuild a disk array, you are actually rebuilding the data on a  
replacement physical drive.  
Rebuilding Automatically  
Normally, a disk array would rebuild itself using a hot disk drive, after going  
Critical. However, if the Auto Rebuild function is disabled or no spare drives are  
available, you must initiate the procedure.  
To enable Auto Rebuild, see “Making Background Activity Settings” on page 133.  
To create a spare drive, see “Creating a Spare Drive” on page 173.  
For more information, see “Hot Spare Drive(s)” on page 239.  
Rebuilding Manually  
If a physical drive has failed, identify and replace the drive, then rebuild the disk  
array as described below:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
2. Click the Disk Arrays  
icon in Tree View.  
icon.  
3. Click the Disk Array  
icon.  
If there are multiple disk arrays, choose the icon with the yellow !.  
4. From the dropdown menu on the Background Activity tab, choose Start  
Rebuild.  
5. Choose Source physical drive.  
This is a remaining functional physical drive in the disk array.  
6. Choose the Target physical drive.  
This is the replacement physical drive.  
7. Click the Submit button.  
The Disk Array Background Activity tab will show the rebuild the replacement  
(target) physical drive. Depending the size of the physical disk involved, this  
process will take some time.  
To view more information, click the Rebuild on PDx link.  
To set Rebuild priority, see “Making Background Activity Settings” on page 133.  
162  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 5: Management with WebPAM PRO  
Running Media Patrol on a Disk Array  
Media Patrol checks the magnetic media on physical drives. When it finds the  
specified number of bad blocks, it will trigger PDM. See “Making Background  
Activity Settings” on page 133 and “Running PDM” on page 135.  
You can schedule Media Patrol to run automatically, see “Scheduling an Activity”  
on page 135.  
To start Media Patrol:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
2. Click the Disk Arrays  
icon in Tree View.  
icon.  
3. Click the Disk Array  
icon.  
4. From the dropdown menu on the Background Activities tab, choose Start  
Media Patrol.  
5. Click the Start button.  
Running PDM on a Disk Array  
Predictive Data Migration (PDM) migrates data from the suspect physical drive to  
a spare physical drive, similar to Rebuilding. But unlike Rebuilding, PDM acts  
before the disk drive fails and your Logical Drive goes Critical.  
See “Predictive Data Migration (PDM)” on page 248.  
To start PDM:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
2. Click the Disk Arrays  
icon in Tree View.  
icon.  
3. Click the Disk Array  
icon.  
4. From the dropdown menu on the Background Activities tab, choose Start  
PDM.  
5. In the next screen, choose the Source and Target physical drives.  
The suspect physical drive is the Source. The replacement physical drive is  
the Target.  
6. Click the Start button.  
163  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Transitioning a Disk Array  
Transition is the process of replacing a revertible spare drive that is currently part  
of a disk array with an unconfigured physical drive or a non-revertible spare. The  
revertible spare drive returns to its original status. For more information, see  
“Transition” on page 249.  
In order to run the Transition function:  
•
•
The spare drive must be Revertible.  
You must specify an unconfigured physical drive of the same or larger  
capacity to replace the revertible spare drive.  
To run Transition:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
icon in Tree View.  
2. From the dropdown menu on the Background Activities tab, choose Start  
Transition.  
3. Choose an unconfigured physical drive from the list of available drives.  
After Transition is completed, refresh the screen. The revertible spare drive will  
be listed under the Spare Drives  
will show OK.  
icon and the disk array’s operational status  
To set Transition priority, see “Making Background Activity Settings” on  
page 133.  
Preparing a Disk Array for Transport  
Important  
Before you can use this feature:  
•
There must be a dedicated spare disk drive assigned to this  
disk array.  
•
The disk array’s Operational Status must be OK.  
To prepare a disk array for transport:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
2. Click the Disk Arrays  
icon in Tree View.  
icon.  
3. Click the Disk Array  
icon.  
4. Click the Transport tab in Management View.  
5. Click the Submit button.  
6. In the confirmation box, type the word confirm in the field provided.  
164  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Chapter 5: Management with WebPAM PRO  
7. Click the OK button.  
8. After the Transition is complete, move the physical drives comprising the  
disk array to their new locations.  
9. Click the Refresh button in your Browser.  
The drives appear in their new locations and disk array status displays OK.  
165  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Managing Logical Drives  
Logical drives are made from disk arrays. In the Tree, you can see a graphic  
representation of the logical drives that belong to each array. You can see a  
summary of all logical drives in the subsystem under Logical Drive Summary.  
Logical drive management includes the following functions:  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Viewing Information for All Logical Drives (page 166)  
Locating a Logical Drive (page 167)  
Viewing Logical Drive Information (page 167)  
Viewing Logical Drive Statistics (page 168)  
Changing Logical Drive Settings (page 168)  
Initializing a Logical Drive (page 169)  
Running Redundancy Check (page 170)  
Viewing the Logical Drive Check Table (page 170)  
Viewing Information for All Logical Drives  
To view information about all logical drives in a disk array:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
2. Click the Disk Arrays  
icon in Tree View.  
icon.  
3. Click the Disk Array  
4. Click the Logical Drives  
Logical Drive Status  
icon.  
icon  
•
OK – This is the normal state of a logical drive. When a logical drive is OK, it  
is ready for immediate use. For RAID Levels other than RAID 0 (Striping),  
the logical drive has fault tolerance.  
•
Synchronizing – This condition is temporary. Synchronizing is a  
maintenance function that verifies the integrity of data and redundancy in the  
logical drive. When a logical drive is Synchronizing, it will function and your  
data is available. However, access will be slower due to the synchronizing  
operation.  
•
•
Critical/Degraded – This condition arises as the result of a physical drive  
failure. Or, one of the physical drives was accidently or intentionally  
disconnected or pulled from its enclosure. A critical or degraded logical drive  
will still function and your data is still available. However, the logical drive  
has lost its fault tolerance.  
Rebuilding – This condition is temporary. When a physical drive has been  
replaced, the logical drive automatically begins rebuilding in order to restore  
166  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
Chapter 5: Management with WebPAM PRO  
fault tolerance. When a logical drive is rebuilding, it will function and your  
data is available. However, access will be slower due to the rebuilding  
operation.  
To create a logical drive, see “Creating a Logical Drive” on page 159.  
To delete a logical drive, see “Deleting a Logical Drive” on page 160.  
For a Degraded or Offline logical drive, see “Critical & Offline Logical Drives” on  
page 253.  
Locating a Logical Drive  
Virtual or Third Party Enclosures  
Support for this feature depends on how your system or enclosure was set up.  
Direct-connect systems with individual LED connections and SGPIO enclosures  
support individual physical drive LEDs. Other systems or enclosures might or  
might not support them. See “Appendix D: LED Backplane Connections” on  
page 291.  
To locate a logical drive in the enclosure, click the Locate LDx button. The LEDs  
for the carriers holding the physical drives used by the logical drive will blink for  
one minute.  
Promise Enclosures  
To locate a logical drive in the VTrak JBOD enclosure, click the Locate LDx  
button. The disk status LEDs will blink for one minute to identify the carriers  
holding the physical drives used by the logical drive.  
Figure 8. VTrak drive carrier LEDs  
Disk Status  
Power/Activity  
Viewing Logical Drive Information  
To view information for a single logical drive:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
2. Click the Disk Arrays  
icon in Tree View.  
icon.  
3. Click the Disk Array  
icon.  
167  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
4. Click the Logical Drives  
icon  
5. Click the Logical Drive icon.  
To specify an Alias or set the Read and Write Policies, click the Settings tab.  
Logical Drive Status  
See “Logical Drive Status” on page 166.  
Logical Drive Synchronization  
Synchronization is an automatic procedure applied to logical drives when they  
are created. Yes means the logical drive was synchronized.  
Adjustable Items  
•
•
•
Alias – Optional  
Read Policy  
Write Policy  
See “Changing Logical Drive Settings” on page 168.  
Viewing Logical Drive Statistics  
To view information for a single logical drive:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
2. Click the Disk Arrays  
icon in Tree View.  
icon.  
3. Click the Disk Array  
icon.  
icon  
4. Click the Logical Drives  
5. Click the Logical Drive icon.  
6. From the dropdown menu on the Information tab, choose Statistics.  
Changing Logical Drive Settings  
To make logical drive settings:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
2. Click the Disk Arrays  
icon in Tree View.  
icon.  
3. Click the Disk Array  
icon.  
icon  
4. Click the Logical Drives  
5. Click the Logical Drive icon.  
6. Click the Settings tab in Management View.  
168  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Chapter 5: Management with WebPAM PRO  
7. Optional. Enter an alias in the Logical Drive Alias field.  
Maximum of 32 characters. Use letters, numbers, one space between  
words, and underscore. An alias is optional.  
8. From the Read Policy dropdown menu, choose a Read Cache policy.  
The choices are Read Cache, Read Ahead, and No Cache. See “Choosing  
Cache Policy” on page 237.  
9. From the Write Policy dropdown menu, choose a Write Cache policy.  
The choices are Write Back and Write Through. If you chose No Read  
Cache, Write policy is automatically Write Through. See “Choosing Cache  
Policy” on page 237.  
10. Click the Submit button.  
Initializing a Logical Drive  
Initialization sets the data bits in the logical drive to zero. The action removes any  
residual data left behind from earlier configurations. Initialization is recommended  
for new logical drives. You can also initialize an existing logical drive. See  
“Initialization” on page 239 for more information.  
Warning  
When you initialize a logical drive, all the data the logical drive will  
be lost. Backup any important data before you initialize a logical  
drive.  
To initialize a logical drive:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
icon in Tree View.  
icon.  
2. Click the Logical Drive Summary  
3. Click the icon of the logical drive you want to Initialize.  
4. From the dropdown menu on the Background Activities tab, choose  
Initialization.  
•
•
To choose Quick Initialization, check the box.  
If you checked the Quick Initialization box, enter a value in the Quick  
Initialization Size field. This value is the size of the initialization blocks in  
MB.  
•
If you did not choose Quick Initialization, enter a hexidecimal value in  
the Initialization Pattern in Hex field or use the default 00000000 value.  
5. Click the Submit button.  
6. In the confirmation box, type the word confirm in the field provided.  
7. Click the OK button.  
169  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
To view the progress of the Initialization, click the Background Activity tab.  
To set Initialization priority, see “Making Background Activity Settings” on  
page 133.  
You can also start Initialization from the Subsystem  
Activities tab.  
icon, Background  
Running Redundancy Check  
Redundancy Check is a routine maintenance procedure for fault-tolerant disk  
arrays (those with redundancy) that ensures all the data matches exactly.  
Redundancy Check can also correct inconsistencies. You can also schedule a  
Redundancy Check. See “Scheduling an Activity” on page 135.  
Redundancy Check a Logical Drive:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
icon in Tree View.  
icon.  
2. Click the Logical Drive Summary  
3. Click the icon of the logical drive you want to Redundancy Check.  
4. From dropdown menu on the Background Activities tab, choose  
Redundancy Check.  
•
•
To choose Auto Fix, check the box.  
This feature attempts to repair the problem when it finds an error.  
To choose Pause On Error, check the box.  
This feature stops the process when it finds an error.  
If Auto Fix is also checked, the process stops only when it finds a non-  
repairable error.  
5. Click the Submit button.  
To view the progress of the Redundancy Check, click the Background Activity  
tab.  
To set Redundancy Check priority, see “Making Background Activity Settings” on  
page 133.  
You can also start Redundancy check from the Subsystem  
Activities tab  
icon Background  
Viewing the Logical Drive Check Table  
The Logical Drive Check Table displays errors related to a logical drive. Use this  
information to evaluate the integrity of the logical drive and to determine whether  
corrective action is needed. To View the tables:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
icon in Tree View.  
170  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 5: Management with WebPAM PRO  
2. Click the Disk Arrays  
icon.  
3. Click the Disk Array  
icon.  
icon  
4. Click the Logical Drives  
5. Click the Logical Drive icon.  
6. Click the Check Table tab in Management View.  
7. Click the option for the table you want to see.  
The default is All tables.  
If there are entries, they are listed as follows:  
•
•
Entry Number – A number assigned to each block of entry.  
Table Type – Read Check, Write Check or Inconsistent Block (see  
below).  
•
•
Start Logical Block Address – LBA of the first block for this entry.  
Count – Number of continuous blocks starting from this LBA.  
•
•
•
Read Check Table – Contains a list of read errors for this logical drive.  
Write Check Table – Contains a list of write errors for this logical drive.  
Inconsistent Block Table – Contains a list of inconsistent blocks for  
this logical drive.  
•
•
•
Mirror data for RAID Levels 1, 1E, and 10.  
Parity data for RAID Levels 5, 6, 50, and 60.  
Inconsistent blocks are identified by the Redundancy Check.  
171  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Managing Spare Drives  
When a physical drive in a disk array fails and a spare drive of adequate capacity  
is available, the disk array will begin to rebuild automatically using the spare  
drive. See “Critical & Offline Logical Drives” on page 253.  
Spare drive management includes the following functions:  
•
•
•
•
•
Viewing a List of Spare Drives (page 172)  
Creating a Spare Drive (page 173)  
Deleting Spare Drive (page 174)  
Making Spare Drive Settings (page 174)  
Running Spare Check (page 175)  
Viewing a List of Spare Drives  
To view a list of spare drives:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
2. Click the Spare Drives  
The information includes:  
icon in Tree View.  
icon.  
•
•
ID – The unique ID number assigned to the spare drive.  
Operational Status – OK is normal. Can also show Rebuilding, Transition  
Running, PDM Running, or Offline.  
•
Physical Drive ID – The ID number of the physical drive assigned as a  
spare  
•
•
Capacity – The data storage capacity of this spare drive.  
Revertible – Yes or No. A revertible spare drive automatically returns to its  
spare drive assignment after the failed physical drive in the disk array is  
replaced. See “Transition” on page 249 for more information.  
•
•
Type – Global, can be used by any disk array. Dedicated, can only be used  
by the assigned disk arrays.  
Dedicated to Disk Arrays – For dedicated spares, the disk arrays to which  
they are assigned. Global spares show N/A.  
172  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
Chapter 5: Management with WebPAM PRO  
Creating a Spare Drive  
Important  
•
•
There must be an unconfigured physical drive available to  
assign as a spare drive. See “Viewing a List of Physical  
Drives” on page 146.  
Be sure the spare drive you choose has capacity equal to or  
greater than the smallest physical drive assigned to the disk  
array.  
To create a spare drive:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
2. Click the Spare Drives  
icon in Tree View.  
icon.  
3. Click the Create tab in Management View.  
4. Choose a spare type, Global or Dedicated.  
5. To make a revertible spare drive, check the Revertible box.  
6. To enable Media Patrol on this spare drive, check the Enable Media Patrol  
box.  
7. In the Physical drives field, highlight the physical drive you want to assign as  
a spare drive in the Available list and press the >> button to move the drive  
to the Selected list.  
You can also double-click drives to move them.  
8. If you chose a Dedicated spare drive, in the Dedicated to Disk Arrays field,  
highlight disk array to which you want assign the spare drive from the  
Available list and press the >> button to move the array to the Selected list.  
You can also double-click arrays to move them.  
9. Click the Update button.  
Your choices are displayed under New Hot Spare Drives.  
10. If you agree with the proposed choices, click the Submit button.  
173  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Deleting Spare Drive  
Note  
If an existing spare drive has the wrong parameters for your  
needs, click the Settings tab to change the parameters rather than  
delete the spare drive and create a new one.  
To delete a spare drive:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
2. Click the Spare Drives  
icon in Tree View.  
icon.  
3. Click the Delete tab in Management View.  
4. Check the box to the left of the spare drive you want to delete.  
5. Click the Submit button.  
In the confirmation box, type the word confirm in the field provided.  
6. Click the OK button.  
Making Spare Drive Settings  
The Spare Drive–Settings tab enables you to change the settings of an existing  
spare drive. To change spare drive settings:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
2. Click the Spare Drives  
icon in Tree View.  
icon.  
3. Click the Spare Drive icon.  
4. Click the Settings tab in Management View.  
5. Choose a spare type, Global or Dedicated.  
6. To make a revertible spare drive, check the Revertible box.  
7. To enable Media Patrol on this spare drive, check the Enable Media Patrol  
box.  
8. If you chose a Dedicated spare drive, in the Dedicated to Disk Arrays field,  
highlight the disk array to which you want assign the spare drive from the  
Available list and press the >> button to move them to the Selected list.  
You can also double-click array to move it.  
9. Click the Submit button.  
174  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Chapter 5: Management with WebPAM PRO  
Running Spare Check  
Spare Check verifies the operational status of your spare drives. You can also  
schedule a Spare Check. See “Scheduling an Activity” on page 135.  
To check a spare drive:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
2. Click the Spare Drives  
icon in Tree View.  
icon.  
3. Click the Spare Check tab in Management View.  
4. From the Physical Drive dropdown menu, choose the spare drive you want  
to check.  
Or choose All to check all the spare drives at the same time.  
5. Click the Submit button.  
The results of the Spare Check appear under Spare Check Status in the  
Information tab. “Healthy” means normal condition.  
175  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Working with the Logical Drive Summary  
The Logical Drive Summary displays a list of all logical drives under the  
SuperTrak controller including logical drives in expanded or cascaded  
enclosures. This list does not arrange the logical drives under the disk array to  
which they belong nor under the enclosure in which they are located.  
Logical Drive Summary includes the following functions:  
•
•
•
Viewing a List of All Logical Drives (page 176)  
Locating a Logical Drive (page 176)  
Viewing Individual Logical Drive Information (page 177)  
Viewing a List of All Logical Drives  
To view a list of all logical drives in all enclosures:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
icon in Tree View.  
2. Click the Logical Drive Summary  
icon.  
Locating a Logical Drive  
Virtual or Third Party Enclosures  
Support for this feature depends on how your system or enclosure was set up.  
Direct-connect systems with individual LED connections and SGPIO enclosures  
support individual physical drive LEDs. Other systems or enclosures might or  
might not support them. See “Appendix D: LED Backplane Connections” on  
page 291.  
To locate a logical drive in the enclosure, click the Locate LDx button. The LEDs  
for the carriers holding the physical drives used by the logical drive will blink for  
one minute.  
Promise Enclosures  
To locate a logical drive in the VTrak JBOD enclosure, click the Locate LDx  
button. The disk status LEDs will blink for one minute to identify the carriers  
holding the physical drives used by the logical drive.  
Figure 9. VTrak drive carrier LEDs  
Disk Status  
Power/Activity  
176  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
Chapter 5: Management with WebPAM PRO  
Viewing Individual Logical Drive Information  
1. Click the Subsystem  
icon in Tree View.  
2. Click the Logical Drive Summary  
3. Click the Logical Drive icon.  
icon.  
The information and location for the logical drive appear in Management  
View. See Viewing Logical Drive Information (page 167).  
177  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
178  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 6: Management with the CLI  
•
•
•
•
•
Opening the CLI on Windows (below)  
Opening the CLI on Linux, FreeBSD, and VMware (page 180)  
Table of Supported Commands (page 181)  
Notes and Conventions (page 183)  
List of Supported Commands (page 184)  
SuperTrak EX Controller’s Command Line Interface (CLI) provides rapid setup of  
disk arrays and logical drives. You can also manage your SuperTrak system  
using the CLI. However, ongoing management is much easier with the  
SuperBuild utility or WebPAM PRO.  
Opening the CLI on Windows  
To open the CLI, click the CLI icon on the desktop (right), or:  
1. Go to Start > Run and click the Browse button.  
2. Navigate to the C:\Program Files\WebPAMPRO\Agent\bin folder.  
3. Click cliib.exe file then click the Open button.  
4. Click the OK button in the Run dialog box.  
The CLI window opens.  
179  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Opening the CLI on Linux, FreeBSD, and VMware  
To open the CLI:  
1. Open a terminal window.  
2. Go to the /opt/Promise/WebPAMPRO/Agent/bin directory.  
3. Type ./cliib and press Enter.  
The CLI runs in the terminal window.  
180  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 6: Management with the CLI  
Table of Supported Commands  
Command  
Action  
about  
array  
View utility information.  
View or edit array information.  
Create, edit, or delete a new or existing array.  
Create, edit, or delete logical drives in an existing array.  
To physically locate an array in an enclosure.  
Accept an incomplete array condition.  
battery  
bbm  
Subsystems only. View battery information or to  
recondition a battery.  
View or clear the BBM defect list of the specified  
configured physical drive.  
bga  
View status of all current background activities.  
Enable or disable relevant background activities.  
Modify the background task rate for each of the  
background tasks.  
buzz  
View buzzer status, enable/disable and turn on/off buzzer.  
View logical drive error tables.  
checktable  
config  
For express or automatic configuration.  
For advanced configuration please see the 'array'  
command.  
ctrl  
View or edit controller information and settings.  
View or edit system time.  
date  
enclosure  
View or edit enclosure and SEP information and settings.  
Locate an enclosure via LEDs.  
event  
View or clear events logs.  
export  
Subsystems only. Export files to remote tftp host.  
Restore settings to factory defaults.  
factorydefaults  
init  
View logical drive initialization status and progress.  
Start, stop, pause, or resume an initialization or a quick  
initialization.  
181  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Command  
Action  
logdrv  
View or edit logical drive information and settings.  
Locate a logical drive via LEDs.  
migrate  
mp  
Start and monitor disk array migration process.  
View media patrol status and progress.  
Start, stop, pause, or resume media patrol.  
pdm  
View PDM status and progress.  
Start, stop, pause, or resume PDM process.  
phydrv  
View or edit physical drive information and settings.  
Locate a physical drive via LEDs.  
ptiflash  
rc  
Update system software and firmware through local host.  
View redundancy check status and progress.  
Start, stop, pause or resume redundancy check.  
rb  
View rebuild status and progress.  
Start, stop, pause, or resume a rebuild process.  
sc  
View spare check status. Start spare check.  
Create or modify hot spare drives.  
spare  
spath  
stats  
Discover and change subsystem path.  
View or reset statistics.  
subsys  
sync  
View or edit subsystem information and settings.  
View logical drive synchronization status and progress.  
topology  
View SAS topology, the physical connections and device  
information. For products that support multiple enclosures  
only.  
transit  
help  
View transition status and progress.  
Start, stop, pause, or resume a transition process.  
When used alone will display this menu.  
When used in conjunction with a command (example:  
help array) it will display help information for that particular  
command.  
182  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 6: Management with the CLI  
Command  
Action  
?
This can be used in place of the help command or  
optionally can be used as a switch for a command  
(example: array -?) to provide command usage.  
Note: Commands are NOT case sensitive.  
Notes and Conventions  
Commands and options are NOT case sensitive.  
Not all extended keys are supported. However, you can use the backspace and  
the left and right arrow keys for command line editing. In addition, the up and  
down arrow keys allow scrolling through the command history buffer.  
If you need context-sensitive help, type one of the following commands:  
•
•
•
<command> -h  
<command> -?  
help <command>  
That action will display full context-sensitive help for the specific command.  
Each command when used alone, such as “array” will display a summary of  
relevant information. If more information is desired, the -v verbose mode can be  
used. This will provide information for all relevant aspects of that command.  
Usage terminology is as follows:  
•
•
•
[square braces] depict an optional switch  
<arrow braces> depict user input  
Type " | more" at the end of each command, to display info page by page  
183  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
List of Supported Commands  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
about (page 184)  
array (page 184)  
battery (page 188)  
bbm (page 189)  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
migrate (page 203)  
mp (page 204)  
pdm (page 205)  
phydrv (page 206)  
ptiflash (page 209)  
rc (page 210)  
bga (page 189)  
buzz (page 191)  
checktable (page 192)  
config (page 192)  
ctrl (page 194)  
rb (page 211)  
sc (page 212)  
spare (page 212)  
spath (page 213)  
stats (page 214)  
subsys (page 215)  
sync (page 216)  
topology (page 217)  
transit (page 217)  
date (page 197)  
enclosure (page 197)  
event (page 198)  
export (page 199)  
factorydefaults (page 200)  
init (page 201)  
logdrv (page 202)  
about  
Usage  
about  
Summary  
Displays utility information.  
array  
Usage  
array [-a <action>] [-d <DaId>] [-c <array count>] [-v] array -a add [-s "<list of  
array params>"] [-d <DaId>] -p <PdId list> [-c <Ld count>] [-l "<list of Ld  
params>"] array -a mod -d <DaId> [-s "<list of array settings>"]  
array -a del -d <DaId list>  
array -a locate -d <DaId>  
array -a accept -d <DaId> [-t <condition type>]  
array -a addld -d <DaId> [-c <Ld count>] -l "<list of ld settings>"  
array -a delld -l <LdId list>  
array -a transport -d <DaId>  
184  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 6: Management with the CLI  
Summary  
The array command is the main command for performing advanced configuration  
and maintenance tasks on disk arrays.  
This command lists, creates, modifies, deletes, and locates disk arrays. It also  
adds and deletes logical drives.  
Options  
-a <action>  
list  
Specifies the action to perform.  
(Default) Displays a summary of all arrays, a specified  
number of arrays, or a specific array.  
add  
Adds/creates an array. This action might also create  
logical drives at the same time.  
addld  
delld  
mod  
Adds/creates a logical drive to an existing array.  
Deletes a logical drive from an array.  
Modifies array settings.  
del  
Deletes an array and all its associated logical drives.  
Locates an array.  
locate  
accept  
Accepts the condition of an incomplete array. Currently,  
there are two conditions that can cause an array to be  
incomplete:  
•
"Missing Drive: one or more drives missing in the  
array  
•
"Missing NVRAM Watermark  
The migration watermark is not found on the  
controller but the DDF on the array indicates that  
migration is in progress.  
When the either of the above conditions occurs, all the  
logical drives on the array go offline.  
You can accept the array in incomplete condition and try  
to bring the logical drives online. However, that is a high-  
risk and non-revertible operation, and it may result in data  
loss. Therefore, it is recommended to clear the condition  
first, for example: putting the missing drives back or  
roaming the array back to the original controller and wait  
until the migration completes.  
transport  
Takes the array and the logical drives on the array offline  
to get ready for transport the array to another subsystem.  
-d <DA ID>  
The disk array ID. Valid values are 0-255. Specifies the  
desired array ID when creating (add) an array. Specifies  
the array ID when listing array information, modifying,  
185  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
deleting, locating, accepting, adding or deleting a logical  
drive. Only one array may be specified.  
-p <PD ID list>  
Specifies physical drives to be used in an array, with -a  
add option. PD IDs are specified individually or separated  
by comma. Sequential group of physical drives are  
specified by placing a ~ between numbers such as 1~6.  
This will include physical drives 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6.  
-s "<option>=<value> Specifies array settings when creating (add) or modifying  
(mod) an array. Options are comma separated.  
alias=  
A user-specified array name. Up to 32 characters, alpha-  
numeric characters, blank spaces and underscores.  
Beginning and ending blank spaces are discarded.  
mediapatrol=  
enable  
Enables or disables Media Patrol for this array.  
The default is enable.  
disable  
pdm=  
Enables or disables PDM for this array.  
The default is enable.  
enable  
disable  
-l "<option>=<value>" Specifies logical drive settings when adding a logical  
drive to an existing array (addld) or during array creation  
(add). Options are comma separated.  
<LD ID list>  
Specifies a list of Logical Drive IDs. Requires the -a delld  
option.  
ID=  
Assigns a specific ID to an array. Overrides automatic ID  
assignment. Valid values are 0-255.  
Alias=  
A user-specified name for the logical drive.  
Specifies logical drive RAID level.  
Raid=  
0
Striping.  
1
Mirroring on two drives.  
5
Parity, requiring 3 or more drives.  
10  
Mirroring on even number of drives.  
Extended mirroring, requiring 2 or more drives.  
Striping on multiple RAID 5, requiring 6 or more drives.  
Allow two drive failure, requiring 4 or more drives.  
Striping on multiple RAID 6, requiring 8 or more drives.  
1e  
50  
6
60  
Capacity=  
Specifies logical drive capacity. Can be specified in  
megabytes (mb), gigabytes (gb) or terabytes (tb), up to 2  
186  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 6: Management with the CLI  
decimal places. If not specified, all available capacity is  
used for this logical drive.  
Stripe=  
Specifies logical drive stripe size. Options include 64KB,  
128 KB, 256 KB, 512 KB, and 1024 KB. If not specified,  
the default 64KB is used.  
Sector=  
Specifies logical drive sector size. Options include 512 B,  
1 KB, 2 KB, and 4 KB. Sector size cannot exceed Stripe  
size. Auto-adjusted not to exceed the maximum  
supported sector size of the controller. See controller  
information on page 194. If not specified, the default  
512 B is used.  
WritePolicy=  
writethru  
Specifies logical drive write policy.  
Writes are not cached  
writeback  
Writes are cached  
ReadPolicy=  
Specifies logical drive read policy.  
readahead Reads extra data to help reduce read times of sequential  
data.  
readcache Caches reads the data in case the same request is made  
again.  
nocache  
Axle=  
No caching algorithm.  
A member element when creating a RAID10 or RAID50  
or RAID60. RAID10 have 2 axles, RAID50 and RAID60  
may have up to 16 axles with up to 16 drives per axle.  
PreferredCtrlId= Subsystems only. Specifies which controller the LD is  
preferred for LUN affinity. Valid value is 1 or 2. If value is  
not specified, LUN affinity is auto balanced.  
-c <array count>  
Specifies the number of arrays to give a summary of  
when used with the -a list option. For example 'array -a  
list -c3' will give a summary for the first 3 arrays on that  
controller.  
<Ld count>  
Specifies the number of logical drives to be created with  
the -a add option. With the -c option, all the logical drives  
have same settings but only one -l option=value can be  
specified.  
-t <condition type>  
missingdrive  
Specifies the type of incomplete condition to accept. If not  
specified, it will accept the current incomplete condition  
by default.  
The condition of missing drive in the array.  
missingwatermark The condition of missing NVRAM watermark of the array.  
-v Verbose mode. Displays all array properties, requires -a list option.  
187  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Examples  
array -v -c 1  
array -a add -s "alias=MyArray,mediapatrol=enable" -p 1,3,5~9  
-l "raid=5,capacity=50gb,stripe=256kb,sector=1kb"  
array -a add -p 1,3,5~9 -l "raid=5,capacity=50gb,stripe=256kb"  
-l "raid=0,capacity=100gb"  
array -a mod -d 1 -s "alias=YourArray,mediapatrol=disable"  
array -a del -d 3  
array -a locate -d 0  
array -a accept -d 2  
array -a addld -d 0 -l "raid=1e,capacity=125gb,stripe=64kb"  
array -a delld -l 1  
battery  
Usage  
battery [-a <action>] [-b <batId>]  
battery -a recondition -b <batId>  
Summary  
The battery command displays the status of a battery by the percentage of  
charge left.  
On subsystems, this command also reconditions the battery. Reconditioning fully  
discharges then fully recharge the battery. The battery is reconditioned  
automatically once per month.  
Options  
-a <action>  
list  
Specifies the action to perform.  
(Default) List information for all batteries or a specific  
battery.  
recondition  
Subsystems only. Recondition a specific battery.  
Specifies which battery in a given enclosure.  
-b <battery ID>  
1..2  
Examples  
battery  
battery -a recondition -b 1  
188  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 6: Management with the CLI  
bbm  
Usage  
bbm [-a <action>] [-p <PdId>]  
bbm -a clear -p <PdId>  
Summary  
The bbm command displays and clears the Bad Block Map (BBM) for all  
configured SATA drives.  
Options  
-a <action>  
list  
Specifies the action to perform.  
(Default) List the BBM information.  
clear  
Clears the BBM list. For configured SATA drives only.  
-p <PdId>  
Specifies the physical drive id. For the -a list option, the  
default is all physical drives. For the -a clear option, you  
must specify a physical drive id.  
Examples  
bbm -p 1  
bbm -a clear -p 3  
bga  
Usage  
bga [-a <action>]  
bga -a mod -s "<list of settings>"  
Summary  
The bga command displays all current background activities and makes settings  
each background activity.  
Options  
-a <action>  
list  
Specifies the action to perform.  
(Default) Lists current background activities.  
Makes changes to one of the settings.  
mod  
-s "<option>=<value>" Specifies which background activity settings to change.  
autorebuild=  
Enable or disables auto-rebuild and auto-transition.  
Auto-rebuild will rebuild an array when an unconfigured  
drive is inserted into the slot of a dead drive.  
189  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Auto-transition will start transitioning on a used revertible  
spare in the following condition:  
1. When the rebuild has completed using the revertible  
spare, and  
2. When an unconfigured drive is inserted into the slot of  
the dead drive which the was part of the array. or  
When a non-revertible spare has been inserted or  
created, and is applicable to the array.  
This option affects all arrays on the subsystem.  
enable  
disable  
mediapatrol=  
Verifies the media of the array and/or spares to find bad  
blocks on physical disks before you use that block. This  
feature is enabled and disabled on an array basis.  
enable  
disable  
ReassignedBlock=Threshold value to trigger PDM, when re-assign map  
exceeds the threshold value  
1..512  
ErrorBlock=  
Threshold value to trigger PDM, when number of medium  
error on the PD exceeds the threshold value.  
1..2048  
<bg task>=<rate>  
Background task rates determine what percentage of the  
IO load on the controller should be dedicated to the  
background task. A lower number will mean the task  
takes longer to complete, a higher number will cause the  
task to complete faster, all other things being equal.  
rebuildrate=  
Rebuild rate determines the rate at which rebuild will run.  
(low=25, medium=50, high=75)  
low  
medium  
high  
pdmrate=  
PDM rate determines the rate at which PDM will run.  
(low=25, medium=50, high=75)  
low  
medium  
high  
190  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 6: Management with the CLI  
transitionrate=  
Transition rate determines the rate at which transition will  
run. (low=25, medium=50, high=75)  
low  
medium  
high  
syncrate=  
Synchronization rate determines the rate at which  
synchronization will run. (low=25, medium=50, high=75)  
low  
medium  
high  
initrate=  
Initialization rate determines the rate at which  
initialization will run. (low=25, medium=50, high=75)  
low  
medium  
high  
rcrate=  
Redundancy check rate determines the rate at which  
redundancy check will run. (low=25, medium=50,  
high=75)  
low  
medium  
high  
migrationrate=  
Migration rate determines the rate at which migration will  
run. (low=25, medium=50, high=75)  
low  
medium  
high  
Examples  
bga  
bga -a mod -s "autorebuild=enable,rebuildrate=high,syncrate=low"  
buzz  
Usage  
buzz [-a <action>]  
buzz -a list  
buzz -a enable  
buzz -a disable  
191  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
buzz -a on  
buzz -a off  
Summary  
The buzz command displays the status of the buzzer, and enables, disables,  
turns on or turns off the buzzer.  
Options  
-a <action>  
list  
Specifies the action to perform.  
(Default) List the status of the buzzer.  
Enable the buzzer.  
enable  
disable  
on  
Disable the buzzer.  
Turn on the buzzer.  
off  
Turn off the buzzer.  
checktable  
Usage  
checktable [-t <tableType>] -l <LdId>  
Summary  
The checktable command displays the error check tables of a logical drive.  
Options  
-t <tableType>  
Specifies which error table to display. The default  
displays all tables.  
rct  
wct  
Displays the read check table.  
Displays the write check table.  
Displays the inconsistent block table.  
Specifies the logical drive ID.  
ibt  
-l <LdId>  
Examples  
checktable -l 10 -t rct  
checktable -l 10  
config  
Usage  
config -a auto  
config -a expr [-r y|n] [-c y|n] [-p y|n] [-m y|n] [-s y|n] [-t <AppType>] [-l <NumLd>]  
192  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 6: Management with the CLI  
Summary  
The config command has two options: Automatic and Express.  
Automatic configuration takes all available unconfigured physical drives to create  
an optimized disk array following a default set of parameters. There are no  
options.  
Express configuration takes your input, creates one or two arrays, and spreads  
their capacity evenly over all of the logical drives that you specify.  
The redundancy option creates redundant logical drives (RAID 1, 10, 1E, 5, 50,  
6, or 60).  
The capacity option enables optimizes the logical drives for capacity.  
The performance option optimizes the logical drives for performance.  
If you choose all three options, redundancy gets highest priority and capacity  
gets lowest priority.  
Options  
-a <action>  
auto  
Specifies the action to perform.  
Automatic configuration with no options.  
Creates an optimized disk array. One or more logical  
drives are created automatically.  
expr  
Express configuration. RAID level is dependant on the  
options chosen.  
-r <y|n>  
-p <y|n>  
-c <y|n>  
-m <y|n>  
Selects the redundancy option.  
Selects the performance option.  
Selects the capacity option.  
Allows mixing SATA and SAS physical drives in the same  
array.  
-s <y|n>  
Includes a spare drive in the array.  
Note: Requires 5 or more unconfigured physical drives.  
-t <AppType>  
video  
Specifies the intended application for this array.  
Sequential large block reads.  
data  
Random read/write mix, small to medium sized IO.  
Sequential small block write.  
log  
other  
Random read/write mix, small to medium sized IO.  
Random read/write mix, small to medium sized IO.  
fileserver  
-l <num of LDs>  
Specifies how many logical drives to include in the  
configuration. Array capacity is divided evenly among the  
logical drives.  
193  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Examples  
config -a auto  
config -a expr -ry -p y -c n -sy -t data -l2  
ctrl  
Usage  
ctrl [-a <action>] [-i <ctrlId>] [-c <ctrl count>] [-v]  
ctrl -a mod [-i <ctrlId>] -s "<list of settings>"  
ctrl -a clear [-i <ctrlId>] [-t <condition type>]  
Summary  
The ctrl command displays controller information and changes controller settings.  
Options  
-a <action>  
list  
Specifies the action to perform.  
(Default) Lists controller information.  
mod  
Changes controller settings.  
Clears controller conditions.  
clear  
-i <ctrl ID>  
Specifies the controller ID. For subsystems with dual  
controllers, controller ID is required when setting alias of  
controller.  
-c <ctrl count>  
Controller count. Required for information on multiple  
controllers.  
-s "<option>=<value>" Specifies which settings to change.  
alias=  
A user-specified name for the controller.  
Up to 48 characters long, alpha- numeric characters,  
blank spaces and underscores. The beginning and  
ending blank spaces are discarded.  
Following setting is shared if there are dual controllers:  
coercion=  
Enables or disables disk coercion. Disk coercion will  
truncate the size of the physical drives. Makes different  
size drives appear to be the same size. For example, a  
90.1 GB drive would appear as the same size as an 89.8  
GB drive. Important when using drives of different  
manufacturers for rebuilds or as hot spares.  
enable  
disable  
coercionmethod=  
The method of coercion.  
194  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 6: Management with the CLI  
GBTruncate  
Truncates the drive to the nearest 1-billion byte  
boundary.  
10GBTruncate  
GrpRounding  
TableRounding  
Truncates the drive to the nearest 10-billion byte  
boundary.  
Truncates the drive using an intelligent algorithm. Allows  
the maximum amount of usable space.  
Truncates the drive using a pre-defined coercion table.  
Enables or disables polling drive SMART status.  
smart=  
enable  
disable  
smartpollinginterval= Sets the time interval in number of minutes to poll the  
drive SMART status.  
1..1440  
cacheflushinterval=  
Sets the time interval in seconds to flush the controller  
writeback cache.  
1..12  
migrationstorage=  
ddf  
Sets location to store the migration watermark.  
Uses the DDF area on the physical drives of the disk  
array.  
nvram  
Uses the NVRAM on the controller.  
lunaffinity=  
Subsystems only. Enables or disables LUN affinity,  
allowing LD access only to certain controller. For  
subsystems with dual controllers.  
enable  
disable  
pollinterval=  
Sets interval in seconds to poll enclosure SEP  
information.  
15..255  
lunmapping=  
Subsystems only. Chooses WWN based or Slot based  
LUN mapping method.  
wwn  
slot  
adaptivewbcache=  
enable  
Enables or disables adaptive writeback cache.  
Writeback logical drives will change the write policy  
based on the availability of protection. If BBU or UPS is  
available, the write policy is retained as Writeback,  
otherwise the policy is switched to Writethru.  
195  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
disable  
The write policy of the writeback logical drives are not  
changed irrespective of the availability of BBU or UPS.  
hostcacheflushing=  
Subsystems only. To enable or disable host cache  
flushing. When enabled, SYNCHRONIZE CACHE SCSI  
command from host is supported.  
For high availability products only.  
enable  
disable  
forcedreadahead=Enables or disables forced read ahead caching.  
enable  
disable  
commonwwnn= Enables or disables common WWNN. For subsystems  
with dual controllers.  
enable  
disable  
All controllers report one common WWNN.  
Each controller reports its own WWNN.  
alua=  
Subsystems only. Enables or disables asymmetric logical  
unit access. Enabling ALUA will enable LUN affinity  
automatically.  
enable  
disable  
-t <condition type>  
Specifies the type of condition to clear.  
Valid only when the command action is "clear".  
watermark  
Watermark, the only supported condition for now.  
Used with the -a clear option to clear an orphan migration  
watermark in the controller NVRAM. This action only  
works when migration storage is set to NVRAM prior to  
starting migration.  
-l  
Displays the id of the controller on whose serial port the  
CLI is running.  
-v  
Verbose mode. Used with the -a list option.  
Examples  
ctrl  
ctrl -v  
ctrl -l  
ctrl -a mod -i 1 -s "alias=ctrl1, coercion=enable"  
196  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 6: Management with the CLI  
date  
Usage  
date  
date -a mod [-d <date>] [-t <time>]  
Summary  
The date command displays the system time and date, and changes these  
settings.  
Options  
-a <action>  
list  
Specifies the action to perform.  
(Default) Displays the current system time.  
mod  
Modifies the current system time.  
Not supported for HBA products.  
-d <date>  
-t <time>  
Specifies the date in the following format:  
yyyy/mm/dd where month's range is 1-12 and day's  
range is 1-31.  
Specifies the time in the following format:  
hh:mm:ss where hour range is 0-23, minute and second  
range is 0-59.  
Examples  
date  
date -a mod -d 2004/02/25 -t 14:50:05  
enclosure  
Usage  
enclosure [-a <action>] -v  
enclosure -a mod -s <list of settings>  
enclosure -a locate [-t <FRU type> -f <FRU id>]  
Summary  
The enclosure command provides status and information about the various  
components of the enclosure unit. It is also sets temperature threshold values  
and displays Vendor Provided Data (VPD).  
Options  
-a <action>  
list  
Specifies the action to perform.  
(Default) Displays information and status of the  
enclosure.  
197  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
mod  
locate  
Modifies settings. Requires the -s option.  
Locates an enclosure by flashing its LEDs.  
-e <encl id>  
Enclosure ID. The default value is 1 if unspecified.  
For list action, the default is for all enclosures if  
unspecified.  
-s "<option>=<value>" Specifies the settings to change.  
tempwarning=  
Enclosure warning theshold temperature, in degrees  
Celsius.  
10..51  
tempcritical=  
Enclosure critical theshold temperature, in degrees  
Celsius.  
52..61  
ctrltempwarning= Controller warning theshold temperature, in degrees  
Celsius.  
10..61  
ctrltempcritical= Controller critical threshold temperature, in degrees  
Celsius.  
62..71  
-t <FRU type>  
Specifies which type of FRU to locate. Requires -a locate  
option.  
ctrl  
Locates the controller.  
cooling  
Locates the cooling unit. Only works with SAS type  
enclosure.  
psu  
-f <FRU id>  
-v  
Locates the power supply unit. Only works with SAS type  
enclosure.  
Specifies id of FRU to locate. Requires -a locate option.  
Valid values are 1 and 2.  
Verbose mode. Requires -a list option. VPD information  
is displayed.  
Examples  
enclosure  
enclosure -v  
enclosure -a mod -s "tempwarning=40,tempcritical=55"  
event  
Usage  
event [-a <action>] [-l <location>] [-i <SeqNo>] [-c <event count>] [-v]  
198  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 6: Management with the CLI  
event -a clear [-l <location>]  
Summary  
The event command displays and clears the RAM and NVRAM event logs.  
Options  
-a <action>  
list  
Specified the action to perform.  
Displays the events for the specified location.  
RAM events are displayed if no location is specified.  
clear  
Clear events for a specified location.  
-l <location>  
Specifies the location from which to display or clear  
events.  
ram  
All events are stored in RAM.  
These events are lost after rebooting.  
nvram  
Some events are also stored in NVRAM.  
These events remain after rebooting and are a subset of  
the RAM events.  
-i <sequence ID>  
Specifies a specific event by its sequence number. This  
is a starting point. Requires the -a list option. You can  
use the -c option.  
-c <event count>  
-v  
Specifies the number of events to retrieve when  
displaying events.  
Verbose mode. Requires the -a list option.  
Examples  
event  
event -v  
event -l nvram  
event -a clear -lnvram  
event -c 200  
event -a list -i852 -c200  
export  
Usage  
export -t <fileType> [-s <tftpServer>] [-p <port>] -f <fileName>  
Summary  
The export command exports certain types of configuration files to a remote or  
local host.  
This command only affects subsystems.  
199  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Options  
-t <file type>  
userdb  
Specifies the type of file to export.  
User database file. This file type is not applicable for in-  
band and can only be exported to a remote host.  
servicereport  
System service report file. This file is exported to remote  
host for embedded and local host for in-band.  
-f <file name>  
Specifies the name of the file to be exported.  
-s <TFTP server>  
Specifies TFTP server’s IP or host name.  
Do not specify TFTP server for in-band.  
-p <port num>  
The port number of the TFTP server. Default is 69.  
Do not specify port number for in-band.  
Examples  
export -t userdb -s 192.168.1.1 -f userdb.bin  
export -t servicereport -s 192.168.1.1 -f servicereport # for embedded  
export -t servicereport -f servicereport # for in-band  
factorydefaults  
Usage  
factorydefaults -a <action> -t <type>  
Summary  
The factorydefaults command restores factory default settings.  
Options  
-a <action>  
restore  
-t <type>  
all  
Specifies the action to perform.  
Restore the factory default settings.  
Specifies the type of settings to restore.  
All settings.  
allfw  
All firmware settings.  
allsw  
Subsystems only. All software settings.  
Following are individual Firmware settings:  
bga  
ctrl  
Background activity settings.  
Controller settings.  
encl  
Enclosure settings, including temperature thresholds,  
buzzer etc.  
fc  
Subsystems only. FC port settings.  
200  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 6: Management with the CLI  
iscsi  
Subsystems only. iscsi settings, including node, port,  
SLP, and iSNS.  
netiscsi  
Subsystems only. Network settings of iSCSI ports.  
netmgmt  
Subsystems only. Network settings of management  
ports.  
phydrv  
sas  
Physical drive settings.  
Subsystems only. SAS host interface port setting.  
Subsystems only. Parallel SCSI channel settings.  
Subsystem settings.  
scsi  
subsys  
Following are individual Software settings, which only apply to Subsystems:  
bgascheduler  
service  
webserver  
snmp  
Background activity scheduler settings.  
Service startup type settings.  
Web server settings.  
SNMP settings.  
telnet  
Telnet settings.  
email  
Email settings.  
netsend  
cim  
Netsend settings.  
CIM settings.  
user  
User settings.  
Examples  
factorydefaults -a restore -t phydrv  
factorydefaults -a restore -t all  
init  
Usage  
init [-a <action>] [-l <LdId>]  
init -a start -l <LdId> [-q <size>] [-p <pattern>]  
init -a stop -l <LdId>  
init -a pause -l <LdId>  
init -a resume -l <LdId>  
Summary  
The init command starts, stops, pauses, and resumes a logical drive initialization.  
A full initialization writes to the entire logical drive space and takes several  
minutes, depending on the size of the logical drive.  
201  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
A quick initialization writes to the first and last few megabytes of the logical drive.  
Typically, a quick initialization is completed in moments.  
Options  
-a <action>  
list  
Specifies the action to perform.  
Displays a list of the initializations in progress or paused  
and their status. The default action.  
start  
stop  
Start an initialization.  
Stop an initialization.  
pause  
Pause an initialization.  
resume  
-l <LD ID>  
-q <size>  
Resume an initialization.  
Specifies the logical drive to be initialized.  
Specifies the amount of data in megabytes (MB) for a  
quick initialization.  
1..1024  
-p <pattern>  
Specifies the pattern for a full initialization.  
The pattern can range from 1 to 128 bytes (HEX string),  
and is padded to even number of bytes, such as, fff  
padded to 0fff.  
Pattern is not supported for quick initialization.  
Examples  
init  
init -a stop -l0  
init -a start -l0 -p5a5a0101  
logdrv  
Usage  
logdrv [-a <action>] [-l <LdId>] [-c <Ld count>] [-v]  
logdrv -a locate -l <LdID>  
logdrv -a mod -l <LdId> -s "<list of ld settings>"  
Summary  
The logdrv command displays information about the logical drives and changes  
logical drive settings.  
To create a logical drive, see the array command on page 184.  
Options  
-a <action>  
Specifies the action to perform.  
202  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 6: Management with the CLI  
list  
(Default) Displays a summary of one or more logical  
drives.  
mod  
Changes logical drive settings.  
locate  
Locates a logical drive within the enclosure by flashing  
drive carrier LEDs.  
-l [<LD ID>]  
Logical drive ID.  
-c [<LD count>]  
Logical drive count. Requires the -a list option.  
-s ["<option>=<value>"]Specifies the logical drive settings to change.  
alias=  
A user-specified name for the logical drive.  
Up to 32 characters, containing alpha-numeric  
characters, blank spaces and underscores. Beginning  
and ending blank spaces are discarded.  
WritePolicy=  
writethru  
Specifies logical drive write policy.  
Writes are not cached.  
writeback  
Writes are cached. Note: Cannot be set if ReadPolicy is  
set to “nocache.”  
ReadPolicy=  
Specifies logical drive read policy.  
readahead Reads extra data to help reduce read times of sequential  
data.  
readcache Caches reads in the case the same request is made  
again.  
nocache  
No caching algorithm.  
PreferredCtrlId= Specifies which controller the LD is prefers for LUN  
affinity. Valid value is 1 or 2.  
-v  
Verbose mode. Used with -a list.  
Examples  
logdrv  
logdrv -v  
logdrv -a mod -l0 -s "readpolicy=readahead"  
logdrv -a locate -l2  
migrate  
Usage  
migrate [-a <action>] [-d <DaId>]  
migrate -a start -d <DaId> -p <PdIds> -l <LdSettings>  
203  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Summary  
The migrate command expands the capacity of a logical drives (online capacity  
expansion) and changes logical drive RAID levels (RAID level migration).  
Options  
-a <action>  
list  
Specifies the action to perform.  
(Default) Displays the migration status of specified disk  
array. If no array ID specified, all migration statuses are  
displayed.  
start  
Starts the migration.  
-d <DA ID>  
-p <PD ID list>  
Specifies the ID of the array to be migrated.  
Specifies the physical drives to be added to the array.  
-l "<option>=<value>" Specifies logical drive migration settings.  
id=  
(Required) Specifies the logical drive ID.  
capacity=  
Specifies the new logical drive capacity.  
Specify a value only when expanding logical drive  
capacity.  
raid=  
Specifies the new RAID level.  
Note: When expanding a RAID 10 logical drive, specify  
RAID 10 as the target RAID level, otherwise the resulting  
logical drive is a RAID 1E.  
axle=  
Specifies the axle number.  
Applies to RAID 50 and 60 when the RAID Level is  
changed.  
stripe=  
Specifies the new stripe size.  
Not currently supported.  
Examples  
migrate -d 1  
migrate -a start -d 1 -p 10 -l "id=0,capacity=10gb"  
mp  
Usage  
mp -a <action>  
Summary  
The mp command activates Media Patrol. Media Patrol searches the physical  
drives for media errors. When an error is found, Media Patrol attempts to repair  
the error. If it fails to correct the error, Media Patrol attempts to remap the sector.  
Note: Sector remapping is not currently supported.  
204  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 6: Management with the CLI  
You can start, stop, pause, or resume Media Patrol and monitor its progress and  
status.  
Options  
-a <action>  
list  
Specifies the action to perform.  
(Default) Displays the status and progress of Media  
Patrol.  
start  
Starts Media Patrol.  
stop  
Stops Media Patrol.  
pause  
resume  
Pauses Media Patrol.  
Resumes a paused Media Patrol.  
Examples  
mp  
mp -a stop  
mp -a resume  
pdm  
Usage  
pdm [-a <action>] [-d <DaId>] [-s <SeqNo>]  
pdm -a start -d <DaId> -s <SeqNo> -p <PdId>  
pdm -a stop -d <DaId> -s <SeqNo>  
pdm -a pause -d <DaId> -s <SeqNo>  
pdm -a resume -d <DaId> -s <SeqNo>  
Summary  
The pdm command activates Predictive Data Migration (PDM). PDM replaces a  
suspect physical drive, such as a drive with a PFA condition, with a different  
drive. The replacement drive can be an unconfigured drive, a global spare, or a  
dedicated spare to this disk array.  
During PDM, the data on the suspect drive is transferred to the replacement drive  
while the logical drive remains online.  
After PDM, the replacement drive becomes part of the disk array. The suspect  
drive become unconfigured and any PFA condition remains on it.  
This command starts, stops, pauses, and resumes a PDM and monitors the  
progress of a running PDM.  
A PFA drive cannot be used until you clear the PFA condition. To clear the PFA  
conditon of a physical drive, please refer to phydrv command on page 206.  
205  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Options  
-a <action>  
list  
Specifies the action to perform.  
(Default) Displays the active and paused PDMs and their  
status.  
start  
stop  
Starts a manual PDM.  
Stops a PDM.  
pause  
Pauses a PDM.  
resume  
-d <DA ID>  
Resumes a paused PDM.  
Specifies which disk array on which to perform the PDM.  
-s <sequence Num> Specifies the sequence number of the suspect drive.  
-p <PD ID>  
Specifies physical drive ID of the replacement drive.  
Examples  
pdm  
pdm -a start -d0 -s2 -p10  
pdm -a stop -d0 -s2  
phydrv  
Usage  
phydrv [-a <action>] [-p <PdId>] [-c <Pd count>] [-v]  
phydrv -a mod -p <PdId> -s "<list of settings>"  
phydrv -a locate -p <PdId>  
phydrv -a online -p <PdId>  
phydrv -a offline -p <PdId>  
phydrv -a clear -t <condition type> -p <PdId>  
Summary  
The phydrv command displays physical drive information, changes physical drive  
settings, locates individual drives, and forces a drive to an online or offline state.  
Options  
-a <action>  
list  
Specifies the action to perform.  
(Default) Displays all physical drives, their make, model  
number, and array they belong to. Their status is also  
shown.  
mod  
Modifiies physical drive settings.  
locate  
Flashes the physical drive's LED so you can location it.  
206  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 6: Management with the CLI  
online  
Forces a drive from an Offline to an Online state.  
Caution: Do this action only in extreme conditions. It  
causes data corruption in most cases.  
offline  
clear  
Forces a drive from an Onine to an Offline state.  
Clears a drive's condition.  
-p <PD ID>  
-c <count>  
Specifies the physical drive ID.  
Specifies number of drives when their ID numbers are  
sequential.  
-t <condition type>  
Specifies type of condition to clear. Requires the -a clear  
option.  
pfa  
Clears a PFA condition on the drive.  
staleconfig  
-d <drive type>  
Clears a stale configuration on the drive.  
Specifies type of settings to modify. Requires the -a mod  
option. Defaults to be all if -d is not specified.  
sata  
SATA related setting(s): writecache, rlacache, and  
cmdqueuing.  
The SATA settings apply to all SATA physical drives.  
sas  
all  
SAS related setting(s): writecache, rlacache, readcache.  
The SAS settings apply to all SAS physical drives.  
Apply to both SATA and SAS drives where is applicable.  
-s "<option>=<value>" Specifies which settings to change.  
alias= User-specified name, only for configured physical drives.  
Up to 32 characters, containing alpha- numeric  
characters, blank spaces and underscores. Beginning  
and ending blank spaces are discarded.  
The following global settings are for physical drives that support these features:  
writecache=  
enable  
Enables or disables write cache on the physical drive(s).  
disable  
rlacache=  
Enables or disables read look ahead cache on the  
physical drive(s).  
enable  
disable  
cmdqueuing=  
Enables or disables command queuing on the physical  
drive(s).  
enable  
disable  
207  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
temppollint=Drive temperature polling interval in seconds. If value is 0,  
polling is disabled. For subsystems with dual controllers.  
15..255  
mediumerrorthreshold=  
Medium error threshold. If the threshold is reached, the  
physical drive is marked as dead. The default value is 0,  
indicating that physical drive is not marked as dead for  
medium errors. For subsystems with dual controllers.  
0..4294967294  
The following settings are only for SATA drives:  
dmamode=  
For SATA drive only. Attempt to negotiate at the specified  
DMA transfer mode. If a DMA transer mode cannot be  
negotiate, the next slower mode is attempted until a  
mode can be negotiated (udma5, udma4....udma0,  
mdma 2.....mdma0).  
udma0  
udma1  
udma2  
udma3  
udma4  
udma5  
mdma0  
mdma1  
mdma2  
speed=  
1.5gb  
Ultra DMA Mode 0  
Ultra DMA Mode 1  
Ultra DMA Mode 2  
Ultra DMA Mode 3  
Ultra DMA Mode 4  
Ultra DMA Mode 5  
Multi DMA Mode 0  
Multi DMA Mode 1  
Multi DMA Mode 2  
Set the speed of physical drive(s).  
1.5 GB/s  
3gb  
3 GB/s  
auto  
Automatic  
The following settings are only for SAS drives:  
readcache=  
Applied to SAS drive only. Enables or disables read  
cache on the physical drive(s).  
enable  
disable  
-v  
Verbose mode. Used with -a list.  
Examples  
phydrv  
phydrv -v  
208  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 6: Management with the CLI  
phydrv -a locate -p 9  
phydrv -a mod -s "writecache=enable,rlacache=enable"  
phydrv -a offline -p 8  
phydrv -a online -p 8  
ptiflash  
Usage  
ptiflash [-a <action>] [-t] [-s <ServerName>] -f <FileName> [-p <PortNum>]  
ptiflash -f <FileName>  
Summary  
The ptiflash command is a flash update utility that installs flash image files.  
•
SuperTrak flash image files update firmware. SuperTraks do not run  
software.  
•
Subsystem flash image files update firmware and software.  
Download the flash image file from the Promise website: www.promise.com.  
•
•
•
For SuperTrak, put the flash image file on the PC where the SuperTrak card  
is installed.  
For embedded subsystems, you need a TFTP server accessible from the  
enclosure's management port. Put the flash image file on the TFTP server.  
For in-band subsystems, put the flash image file on the local host.  
Options  
-a <action>  
start  
Specifies the action to perform.  
(Default) Starts the flash process.  
Note: Run only one flash process at a time.  
versioninfo  
Subsystems only. Displays the version and build  
information of all the flash images of all controllers or the  
specified controller.  
-t  
Subsystems only. Specifies a TFTP server. Required for  
embedded subsystems.  
-s <servername|ipaddress>  
Subsystems only. Specifies the hostname or the IP  
address of the TFTP server which contains the flash  
image file.  
-f <filename>  
Specifies the filename of the flash image file.  
209  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
-p <port number>  
Subsystems only. Specifies the port number of the TFTP  
server.  
If no port number is given, the default value of 69 is used.  
Examples  
ptiflash -f fw_multi_20051022.img[for SuperTrak controllers]  
ptiflash -t -s 192.168.1.1 -f fw_multi_20031010.img -p 69[for embedded  
Subsystems]  
ptiflash -f fw_multi_20031010.img[for in-band Subsystems]  
rc  
Usage  
rc [-a <action>] [-l <LdId>]  
rc -a start -l <LdId> [-n] [-p]  
rc -a stop -l <LdId>  
rc -a pause -l <LdId>  
rc -a resume -l <LdId>  
Summary  
Th rc command starts, stops, pauses and resumes a Redundancy Check and  
monitors the progress of a running Redundancy Check.  
Options  
-a <action>  
list  
Specifies action to perform.  
(Default) Displays active and paused Redundancy  
Checks and their status.  
start  
stop  
Starts a Redundancy Check.  
Stops a Redundancy Check.  
pause  
Pauses a Redundancy Check.  
Resumes a paused Redundancy Check.  
resume  
-l <Ld ID>  
Specifies the logical drive ID on which to run the  
Redundancy Check.  
-n  
-p  
Do not fix inconsistent data. This option causes  
Redundancy Check to run without correcting inconsistent  
data. All inconsistency errors are reported.  
Pause on error. This option causes Redundancy Check  
to pause when it encounters inconsistent data. The  
default is to continue on error.  
210  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 6: Management with the CLI  
Examples  
rc  
rc -a start -l3 -n -p  
rc -a start -l3  
rc -a stop -l2  
rb  
Usage  
rb [-a <action>] [-d <DaId>] [-s <SeqNo>]  
rb -a start -d <DaId> -s <SeqNo> -p <PdId>  
rb -a stop -d <DaId> -s <SeqNo>  
rb -a pause -d <DaId> -s <SeqNo>  
rb -a resume -d <DaId> -s <SeqNo>  
Summary  
The rb command starts, stops, pauses, and resumes a Rebuild and monitors the  
progress of a running Rebuild.  
Options  
-a <action>  
list  
Specifies action to perform.  
(Default) Displays the running and paused Rebuilds and  
their status.  
start  
stop  
Starts a manual Rebuild.  
Stops a Rebuild.  
pause  
Pauses a Rebuild.  
resume  
-d <DA ID>  
Resumes a paused Rebuild.  
Specifies which disk array on which to perform the  
Rebuild.  
-s <sequence Num> Specifies the sequence number of the failed physical  
drive. The source drive of the Rebuild.  
-p <PD ID>  
Specifies the ID of the replacement physical drive. The  
target drive of the Rebuild.  
Examples  
rb  
rb -a start -d0 -s2 -p10  
rb -a stop -d0 -s2  
211  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
sc  
Usage  
sc [-a <action>] [-i <SpareId>]  
sc -a start [-i <SpareId>]  
Summary  
The sc command starts a Spare Check and monitors the status of a running  
Spare Check.  
Options  
-a <action>  
list  
Specifies the action to perform.  
(Default) Displays Spare Check status.  
Starts the Spare Check.  
start  
-i <Spare ID>  
Specifies the spare ID on which to run Spare Check.  
Valid value range is 0~255.  
Examples  
sc  
sc -a start -i 3  
spare  
Usage  
spare [-a <action>]  
spare -a list [-i <SpareId>] [-d <DaId>] [-v]  
spare -a add [-i <SpareId>] -p <PdId> [-t g|d] [-r y|n] [-d <DaId list>] [-s "<list of  
settings>"]  
spare -a mod -i <SpareId> [-t g|d] [-r y|n] [-d <DaId list>] [-s "<list of settings>"]  
spare -a del -i <SpareId>  
Summary  
The spare command displays a list of hot spare drives and creates, modifies, and  
deletes hot spare drives.  
A global hot spare can replace a failed drive from any redundant disk array.  
A dedicated hot spare is assigned to one or more redundant disk arrays, and can  
only replace a drive that belongs to one of the assigned arrays.  
A revertible hot spare can be transitioned back to spare status after it replaces a  
failed drive in a disk array. See transit on page 217.  
The hot spare drive must be of equal or greater size than the drive it replaces.  
212  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 6: Management with the CLI  
Options  
-a <action>  
list  
Specifies the action to perform.  
(Default) Displays a list of hot spare drives.  
Adds new hot spare drives.  
add  
mod  
Changes hot spare drive settings.  
Deletes a hot spare drive.  
del  
-i <Spare Id>  
-p <PD ID>  
Specifies the ID of the spare drive.  
Specifies the ID of the physical drive. Requires the -a add  
option to configure a drive as a spare.  
-d <DA ID or DA ID List>  
Specifies the disk array ID. Requires the -a list option.  
Displays a list of global spares and spares dedicated to  
this disk array.  
When used with other actions, it specifies the disk array  
IDs to which this spare is dedicated.  
-t <type>  
Specifies the type of hot spare drive.  
g
A global hot spare drive.  
d
A dedicated hot spare drive.  
-r <revertible>  
Specifies whether the spare drive is revertible.  
y
Yes.  
No.  
n
-s "<option>=<value>" Specifies options for the spare drive.  
mediapatrol=  
enable  
Enables or disables Media Patrol.  
disable  
Examples  
spare  
spare -a add -p 14 -t g -r y  
spare -a mod -i 1 -t d -d 0,1 -s "mediapatrol=disable"  
spare -a del -i 0  
spath  
Usage  
spath [-a list] [-t <type> -p <path #>] [-c <count>]  
spath -a discover  
spath -a chgpath [-t <type> -p <path #>]  
213  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Summary  
The spath command discovers and changes subsystem paths.  
Options  
-a <action>  
list  
Which action to perform.  
(Default) Lists the subsystem paths that have been  
discovered.  
discover  
chgpath  
Discovers subsystem paths.  
Changes the current subsystem path to the new specified  
path.  
If -t <type> -p <path #> is not specified, it will list the  
current subsystem path.  
-t <type>  
hba  
Specifies the type of path.  
HBA.  
subsys  
Subsystem.  
With the -a list option, the default is both HBA and  
Subsystem.  
With the -a chgpath options, you must specify -t and -p to  
change the path.  
You cannot use the -t option with the -a discover option.  
-p <path number>  
-c <count>  
Specifies the path number of the HBA and subsystem.  
The path number starts from 1.  
Specifies the number of paths to be displayed.  
Not currently supported.  
Examples  
spath  
spath -a discover  
spath -a chgpath -t subsys -p 1  
stats  
Usage  
stats [-t <type>] [-i <devId>] [-c <Count>]  
stats -a clear  
Summary  
The stats command displays statistics of subsytem, controller, enclosure,  
physical drives, and logical drives; and resets the statistics count to zero.  
214  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 6: Management with the CLI  
Options  
-a <action>  
list  
Specifies the action to perform.  
(Default) Displays the statistics.  
Resets the statistics count to zero.  
Specifies the device type.  
Controller.  
clear  
-t <type>  
ctrl  
logdrv  
phydrv  
all  
Logical drive.  
Physical drive.  
All the above options.  
-i <devId>  
Specifies the device ID. Default is the first available  
device ID.  
-c <Count>  
Specifies the device count. Default is all devices.  
Examples  
stats -t logdrv -i 0 -c 5  
stats -a list -t all  
stats -a clear  
subsys  
Usage  
subsys [-a <action>] [-v]  
subsys -a mod -s "<list of settings>"  
subsys -a lock [-r] [-t <number of minutes>]  
subsys -a unlock [-f]  
subsys -a chklock  
Summary  
The subsys command displays and changes subsystem settings and locks the  
subsystem so that only you can make modifications.  
Options  
-a <action>  
list  
Specifies the action to perform.  
(Default) Displays information for the specified  
subsystem.  
mod  
lock  
Modifies subsystem settings.  
Locks the subsystem so other users cannot apply  
changes.  
215  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Other users must wait for you to unlock the system or for  
your lock to expire.  
unlock  
Clears a subsystem lock.  
Checks the status of the lock.  
chklock  
-s "<option>=<value>" Specifies which subsystem settings to change.  
alias=  
User-specified name for the subsystem. Up to 48  
characters, alpha-numeric characters, blank spaces and  
underscores. Beginning and ending blank spaces are  
discarded.  
-t <number of mins> Specifies the number minutes to lock the subsystem.  
Requires the -a lock option. Default is 30 minutes.  
-r  
Renews the lock timer. Requires the -a lock and -t  
<number of mins> options.  
-f  
Specifies a forced unlock. Requires super user privilege.  
Specifies verbose mode.  
-v  
Examples  
subsys  
subsys -v  
subsys -a mod -s "alias=MySubsystem"  
subsys -a lock -t 60  
subsys -a lock -r -t 35  
subsys -a unlock  
subsys -a chklock  
sync  
Usage  
sync [-a <action>] [-l <LdId>]  
Summary  
The sync command monitors the progress of background synchronization.  
Background synchronization makes logical drive consistent. It starts  
automatically when a redundant logical drive is created. But unlike initialization,  
background synchronization allows read and write operations on the logical drive.  
If an initialization starts, the background synchronization pauses until the  
initialization has finished.  
Since background synchronization is starts, pauses, and resumes automatically,  
there is no need for start, stop, pause, or resume functions.  
216  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 6: Management with the CLI  
Options  
-a <action>  
list  
Specifies the action to perform.  
(Default) Displays the current background  
synchronization activities and their status.  
-l  
Specifies the logical drive ID on which background  
synchronization is running.  
Examples  
sync  
sync -l3  
sync -a list -l3  
topology  
Usage  
topology [-a <action>] [-v]  
Summary  
The topology command displays enclosure topology, physical connections, and  
devices. For products that support multiple enclosures only.  
Options  
-a <action>  
Specifies the action to perform.  
list  
-v  
(Default) Displays topology information.  
Displays complete information about topology.  
Examples  
topology  
transit  
Usage  
transit [-a <action>] [-d <DaId>] [-s <SeqNo>]  
transit -a start -d <DaId> -s <SeqNo> -p <PdId>  
transit -a stop -d <DaId> -s <SeqNo>  
transit -a pause -d <DaId> -s <SeqNo>  
transit -a resume -d <DaId> -s <SeqNo>  
Summary  
The transit command starts, stops, pauses, and resumes a transition and  
monitors the progress of a running transition.  
217  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Transition is an operation to replace a revertible spare drive currently used in a  
disk array with an new physical drive, so the reveritible spare can be restored to  
spare drive status. The destination drive can be an unconfigured drive, a non-  
revertible global spare, or a non-revertible spare dedicated to the array.  
During transition, the data on the revertible spare is transferred to the destination  
drive while the disk array remains online. After transition, the destination drive  
becomes the part of the array and the revertible spare is a spared drive once  
again.  
Options  
-a <action>  
list  
Specifies the action to perform.  
(Default) Displays the running and paused transitions  
and their status.  
start  
stop  
Starts a manual transition.  
Stops a transition.  
pause  
Pauses a transition.  
resume  
-d <DA ID>  
Resumes a paused transition.  
Specifies the id of disk array which contains the revertible  
spare drive.  
-s <sequence Num> Specifies the sequence number of the revertible spare  
drive in the array.  
-p <PD ID>  
Specifies the physical drive ID of the destination drive.  
Examples  
transit  
transit -a start -d 0 -s 2 -p 10  
transit -a stop -d 0 -s 2  
218  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 7: Technology Background  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Introduction to RAID (below)  
Choosing a RAID Level (page 232)  
Choosing Stripe Block Size (page 236)  
Choosing Sector Size (page 236)  
Choosing Cache Policy (page 237)  
Capacity Coercion (page 238)  
Initialization (page 239)  
Hot Spare Drive(s) (page 239)  
Partition and Format the Logical Drive (page 240)  
RAID Level Migration (page 240)  
Media Patrol (page 248)  
Predictive Data Migration (PDM) (page 248)  
Transition (page 249)  
Critical & Offline Logical Drives (page 253)  
Introduction to RAID  
RAID (Redundant Array of Independent Disks) allows multiple physical drives to  
be combined together in a disk array. Then all or a portion of the disk array is  
formed into a logical drive. The operating system sees the logical drive as a  
single storage device, and treats it as such.  
The RAID software and controller manage all of the individual drives. The  
benefits of a RAID can include:  
•
•
Higher data transfer rates for increased server performance  
Increased overall storage capacity for a single drive designation (such as, C,  
D, E, etc.)  
•
Data redundancy/fault tolerance for ensuring continuous system operation in  
the event of a hard drive failure  
Different types of logical drives use different organizational models and have  
varying benefits. Also see “Choosing a RAID Level” on page 232. The following  
outline breaks down the properties for each type of RAID logical drive:  
219  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
RAID 0 – Stripe  
When a logical drive is striped, the read and write blocks of data are interleaved  
between the sectors of multiple physical drives. Performance is increased, since  
the workload is balanced between drives or “members” that form the logical drive.  
Identical drives are recommended for performance as well as data storage  
efficiency.  
Figure 1. RAID 0 Striping interleaves data across multiple drives  
Data  
Stripe  
Physical Drives  
The logical drive's data capacity equals the capacity of the smallest physical  
drive times the number of physical drives. For example, one 100 GB and three  
120 GB drives will form a 400 GB (4 x 100 GB) logical drive instead of 460 GB.  
If physical drives of different capacities are used, there will also be unused  
capacity on the larger drives.  
RAID 0 logical drives on SuperTrak consist of one or more physical drives.  
220  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 7: Technology Background  
RAID 1 – Mirror  
When a logical drive is mirrored, identical data is written to a pair of physical  
drives, while reads are performed in parallel. The reads are performed using  
elevator seek and load balancing techniques where the workload is distributed in  
the most efficient manner. Whichever drive is not busy and is positioned closer to  
the data will be accessed first.  
With RAID 1, if one physical drive fails or has errors, the other mirrored physical  
drive continues to function. Moreover, if a spare physical drive is present, the  
spare drive will be used as the replacement drive and data will begin to be  
mirrored to it from the remaining good drive.  
Figure 2. RAID 1 Mirrors identical data to two drives  
Data Mirror  
Physical Drives  
The logical drive’s data capacity equals the smaller physical drive. For example,  
a 100 GB physical drive and a 120 GB physical drive have a combined capacity  
of 100 GB in a mirrored logical drive.  
If physical drives of different capacities are used, there will be unused capacity  
on the larger drive.  
RAID 1 logical drives on SuperTrak consist of two physical drives.  
If you want a mirrored logical drive with more than two physical drives, see  
“RAID 1E – Enhanced Mirror” on page 222 and “RAID 10 – Mirror / Stripe” on  
page 225.  
221  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
RAID 1E – Enhanced Mirror  
RAID 1E offers the security of mirrored data provided by RAID 1 plus the added  
capacity of more than two physical drives. It also offers overall increased read/  
write performance plus the flexibility of using an odd number of physical drives.  
With RAID 1E, each data stripe is mirrored onto two physical drives. If one drive  
fails or has errors, the other drives continue to function, providing fault tolerance.  
Figure 3. RAID 1E can mirror data over an odd number of drives  
Enhanced Data Mirrors  
Physical Drives  
The advantage of RAID 1E is the ability to use an odd number of physical drives,  
unlike RAID 1 and RAID 10. You can also create a RAID 1E Logical Drive with an  
even number of physical drives. However, with an even number of drives, you will  
obtain somewhat greater security with comparable performance using RAID 10.  
RAID 1E logical drives consist of three or more physical drives. You can create  
an array with just two physical drives and specify RAID 1E. But the resulting array  
will actually be a RAID 1.  
222  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 7: Technology Background  
RAID 5 – Block Striping with Distributed Parity  
RAID 5 organizes block data and parity data across the physical drives.  
Generally, RAID Level 5 tends to exhibit lower random write performance due to  
the heavy workload of parity recalculation for each I/O. RAID 5 is generally  
considered to be the most versatile RAID level. It works well for file, database,  
application and web servers.  
Figure 4. RAID 5 stripes all drives with data and parity information  
Distributed Parity  
Data  
Blocks  
Physical Drives  
The capacity of a RAID 5 logical drive equals the smallest physical drive times  
the number of physical drives, minus one. Hence, a RAID 5 logical drive with four  
100 GB physical drives will have a capacity of 300 GB. A RAID 5 logical drive  
with two 120 GB physical drives and one 100 GB physical drive will have a  
capacity of 200 GB.  
RAID 5 is generally considered to be the most versatile RAID level.  
A RAID 5 on SuperTrak consists of 3 to 16 physical drives.  
223  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
RAID 6 – Block and Double Parity Stripe  
RAID level 6 stores dual parity data is rotated across the physical drives along  
with the block data. A RAID 6 logical drive can continue to accept I/O requests  
when any two physical drives fail.  
Figure 5. RAID 6 stripes all drives with data and dual parity  
Double Distributed (P and Q) Parity  
Data  
Blocks  
physical drives  
The total capacity of a RAID 6 logical drive is the smallest physical drive times  
the number of physical drives, minus two.  
Hence, a RAID 6 logical drive with (7) 100 GB physical drives will have a capacity  
of 500 GB. A RAID 6 logical drive with (4) 100 GB physical drives will have a  
capacity of 200 GB.  
RAID 6 becomes more capacity efficient in terms of physical drives as the  
number of physical drives increases.  
RAID 6 provides double fault tolerance. Your logical drive remains available  
when up to two physical drives fail.  
RAID 6 is generally considered to be the safest RAID level.  
A RAID 6 on SuperTrak consists of 4 to 16 physical drives.  
224  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 7: Technology Background  
RAID 10 – Mirror / Stripe  
Mirror/Stripe combines both of the RAID 0 and RAID 1 logical drive types. RAID  
10 is similar though not identical to RAID 0+1. It can increase performance by  
reading and writing data in parallel while protecting data with duplication. The  
data on one drive pair is mirrored together, then striped over a second drive pair.  
Figure 6. RAID 10 takes a data mirror on one drive pair and stripes it over a  
second drive pair  
Data Stripe  
Data  
Mirror  
Physical Drives  
The data capacity RAID 10 logical drive equals the capacity of the smallest  
physical drive times the number of physical drives, divided by two.  
In some cases, RAID 10 offers double fault tolerance, depending on which  
physical drives fail.  
RAID 10 arrays require an even number of physical drives and a minimum of  
four.  
For RAID 10 characteristics with an odd number of physical drives, use RAID 1E.  
225  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
RAID 50 – Striped Distributed Parity  
RAID 50 combines both RAID 5 and RAID 0 features. Data is striped across  
physical drives as in RAID 0, and it uses distributed parity as in RAID 5. RAID 50  
provides data reliability, good overall performance, and supports larger volume  
sizes.  
Figure 7. RAID 50 is a combination of RAID 5 and RAID 0  
Distributed Parity  
Axle 1  
Data  
Stripe  
Axle 2  
Physical Drives  
The data capacity RAID 50 logical drive equals the capacity of the smallest  
physical drive times the number of physical drives, minus two.  
RAID 50 also provides very high reliability because data is still available even if  
multiple physical drives fail (one in each axle). The greater the number of axles,  
the greater the number of physical drives that can fail without the RAID 50 logical  
drive going offline.  
Component  
Number of Axles  
Minimum Maximum  
2
3
6
16  
16  
Physical Drives per Axle  
Physical Drives per Logical Drive  
256  
226  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 7: Technology Background  
RAID 50 Axles  
When you create a RAID 50, you must specify the number of axles. An axle  
refers to a single RAID 5 logical drive that is striped with other RAID 5 logical  
drives to make RAID 50. An axle can have from 3 to 16 physical drives,  
depending on the number of physical drives in the logical drive.  
The chart below shows RAID 50 logical drives with 6 to 16 physical drives, the  
available number of axles, and the resulting distribution of physical drives on  
each axle.  
RAID 50 Logical Drive  
No. of Drives  
No. of Axles Drives per Axle  
6
7
8
9
2
2
2
2
3
2
3
2
3
2
3
4
2
3
4
2
3
4
3,3  
3,4  
4,4  
4,5  
3,3,3  
5,5  
10  
11  
12  
3,3,4  
5,6  
3,4,4  
6,6  
4,4,4  
3,3,3,3  
6,7  
13  
14  
4,4,5  
3,3,3,4  
7,7  
4,5,5  
3,3,4,4  
227  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
RAID 50 Logical Drive  
No. of Drives  
No. of Axles Drives per Axle  
15  
2
3
4
5
2
3
4
5
7,8  
5,5,5  
3,4,4,4  
3,3,3,3,3  
8,8  
16  
5,5,6  
4,4,4,4  
3,3,3,3,4  
228  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 7: Technology Background  
RAID 60 – Striping of Double Parity  
RAID 60 combines both RAID 6 and RAID 0 features. Data is striped across  
disks as in RAID 0, and it uses double distributed parity as in RAID 6. RAID 60  
provides data reliability, good overall performance and supports larger volume  
sizes.  
Figure 8. RAID 60 is a combination of RAID 6 and RAID 0  
Double Distributed Parity  
Axle 1  
Data  
Stripes  
Axle 2  
Physical drives  
The total capacity of a RAID 60 logical drive is the smallest physical drive times  
the number of physical drives, minus four.  
RAID 60 also provides very high reliability because data is still available even if  
multiple physical drives fail (two in each axle). The greater the number of axles,  
the greater the number of physical drives that can fail without the RAID 60 logical  
drive going offline.  
Component  
Number of Axles  
Minimum Maximum  
2
4
8
16  
16  
Physical Drives per Axle  
Physical Drives per Logical Drive  
256  
229  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
RAID 60 Axles  
When you create a RAID 60, you must specify the number of axles. An axle  
refers to a single RAID 6 logical drive that is striped with other RAID 6 logical  
drives to make RAID 60. An axle can have from 4 to 16 physical drives,  
depending on the number of physical drives in the logical drive.  
The chart below shows RAID 60 logical drives with 8 to 20 physical drives, the  
available number of axles, and the resulting distribution of physical drives on  
each axle.  
RAID 60 Logical Drive  
No. of Drives  
No. of Axles Drives per Axle  
8
2
2
2
2
2
3
2
3
2
3
2
3
2
3
4
2
3
4
4,4  
4,5  
9
10  
11  
12  
5,5  
5,6  
6,6  
4,4,4  
6,7  
13  
14  
15  
16  
4,4,5  
7,7  
4,5,5  
7,8  
5,5,5  
8,8  
5,5,6  
4,4,4,4  
8,9  
17  
5,6,6  
4,4,4,5  
230  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 7: Technology Background  
RAID 60 Logical Drive  
No. of Axles Drives per Axle  
No. of Drives  
18  
2
3
4
2
3
4
2
3
4
5
9,9  
6,6,6  
4,4,5,5  
9,10  
19  
20  
6,6,7  
4,5,5,5  
10,10  
6,7,7  
5,5,5,5  
4,4,4,4,4  
231  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Choosing a RAID Level  
There are several issues to consider when choosing the RAID Level for your  
logical drive. The following discussion summarizes some advantages,  
disadvantages and applications for each choice.  
RAID 0  
Advantages  
Disadvantages  
Implements a striped logical drive, the Not a true RAID because it is not fault-  
data is broken down into blocks and  
each block is written to a separate  
physical drive  
tolerant  
The failure of just one drive will result  
in all data in an logical drive being lost  
I/O performance is greatly improved by  
spreading the I/O load across many  
channels and drives  
Should not be used in mission critical  
environments  
No parity calculation overhead is  
involved  
Recommended applications for RAID 0:  
•
•
•
Image Editing  
Pre-Press Applications  
Any application requiring high bandwidth  
RAID 1  
Advantages  
Disadvantages  
Simplest RAID storage subsystem  
design  
Very high physical drive overhead –  
uses only 50% of total capacity  
Can increase read performance by  
processing data requests in parallel  
since the same data resides on two  
different drives  
Recommended applications for RAID 1:  
•
•
•
Accounting/Financial  
Payroll  
Any application requiring very high availability  
232  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
Chapter 7: Technology Background  
RAID 1E  
Advantages  
Disadvantages  
Implemented as a mirrored logical  
drive whose segments are RAID 0  
logical drives  
Very high physical drive overhead –  
uses only 50% of total capacity  
High I/O rates are achieved thanks to  
multiple stripe segments  
Can use an odd number of physical  
drives  
Recommended Applications for RAID 1E  
•
•
•
Imaging applications  
Database servers  
General fileserver  
RAID 5  
Advantages  
Disadvantages  
High Read data transaction rate  
Medium Write data transaction rate  
Good aggregate transfer rate  
Most versatile RAID level  
Physical drive failure has a medium  
impact on throughput  
Recommended applications for RAID 5:  
•
•
•
File and Application servers  
WWW, E-mail, and News servers  
Intranet servers  
233  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
RAID 6  
Advantages  
Disadvantages  
High Read data transaction rate  
Medium Write data transaction rate  
Good aggregate transfer rate  
Safest RAID level  
High physical drive overhead –  
equivalent of two drives used for parity  
Slightly lower performance than RAID  
5
Recommended applications for RAID 6:  
•
•
•
Accounting/Financial  
Database servers  
Any application requiring very high availability  
RAID 10  
Advantages  
Disadvantages  
Implemented as a mirrored logical  
drive whose segments are RAID 0  
logical drives  
Very high physical drive overhead –  
uses only 50% of total capacity  
High I/O rates are achieved thanks to  
multiple stripe segments  
Recommended applications for RAID 10:  
•
•
•
Imaging applications  
Database servers  
General fileserver  
234  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 7: Technology Background  
RAID 50  
Advantages  
Disadvantages  
High Read data transaction rate  
Good write data transaction rate  
Very good aggregate transfer rate  
Most versatile RAID level  
Physical drive failure has a moderate  
impact on throughput  
Recommended applications for RAID 50:  
•
•
•
File and Application Servers  
Transaction Processing  
Office applications with many users accessing small files  
RAID 60  
Advantages  
Disadvantages  
High Read data transaction rate  
Medium Write data transaction rate  
Good aggregate transfer rate  
Safest RAID level  
High disk overhead – equivalent of two  
drives used for parity  
Slightly lower performance than RAID  
50  
Recommended Applications for RAID 60:  
•
•
•
Accounting and Financial  
Database servers  
Any application requiring very high availability  
235  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Choosing Stripe Block Size  
You set the stripe block size, also called block size, when you create a logical  
drive. With SuperTrak, the choices are 64 KB, 128 KB, 256 KB, 512 KB, and  
1024 KB. 64 KB is the default.  
Your choice will directly affect performance. There are two issues to consider  
when choosing the stripe block size.  
•
Choose a stripe block size equal to or smaller than the smallest cache buffer  
found on any physical drive in your logical drive.  
A larger value slows the logical drive down because physical drives with  
smaller cache buffers need more time for multiple accesses to fill their  
buffers.  
•
If your data retrieval consists of fixed-size data blocks, such as some  
database and video applications, choose that data block size as your stripe  
block size.  
Generally speaking, email, POS, and webservers prefer smaller stripe block  
sizes. Video and database applications prefer larger stripe block sizes.  
See “Creating a Logical Drive” on page 93 and “Creating a Logical Drive” on  
page 159, and “Creating a Disk Array – Advanced Configuration” on page 155.  
Choosing Sector Size  
You set the sector size when you create a logical drive. With SuperTrak, the  
choices are 512 B, 1 KB, 2 KB, and 4 KB. 512 B is the default.  
A sector is the smallest addressable area on a physical drive. Sector Size refers  
to the size of sector measured by the number of bytes of data it can hold. The  
most common sector size is 512 bytes (512 B). A smaller sector size results in a  
more efficient use of a physical drive’s capacity. 512 B is the default sector size  
for logical drives on SuperTrak.  
The number of usable sectors is limited by the addressing method of the  
computer's operating system:  
•
Windows XP (32-bit) support 10-bit logical bit addressing (LBA), so with 512  
B sectors, they can only support up to 2 terabytes (TB) of data storage  
capacity. To increase the capacity, you must use larger sectors. See “2 TB  
Limitation” on page 237.  
•
•
Windows XP (64-bit), Windows Server 2003 and 2008, and Windows Vista  
support 64-bit LBA, so they are not affected by this limitation. For these  
OSes, always choose the default 512 B sector size.  
Linux operating systems with the 2.4 kernel do not support variable sector  
sizes. For these OSes, always choose the default 512 B sector size.  
236  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Chapter 7: Technology Background  
•
Linux operating systems with the 2.6 kernel support 64-bit LBA. For these  
OSes, always choose the default 512 B sector size.  
See “Creating a Logical Drive” on page 93 and “Creating a Logical Drive” on  
page 159, and “Creating a Disk Array – Advanced Configuration” on page 155.  
2 TB Limitation  
If your Host PC runs Windows XP (32-bit), and you want to create logical drives  
larger than 2 TB, you must choose a sector size larger than 512 B when you  
create the logical drive. The table on the next page correlates sector size with  
logical drive capacity.  
Logical Drive Size  
8 to 16 TB  
4 to 8 TB  
Sector Size  
4096 bytes (4 KB)  
2048 bytes (2 KB)  
1024 bytes (1 KB)  
512 bytes (512 B)  
2 to 4 TB  
0 to 2 TB  
Also see “Ranges of Disk Array Expansion” on page 246.  
Choosing Cache Policy  
As it is used with SuperTrak, the term cache refers to any of several kinds of  
high-speed, volatile memory that hold data moving from your computer to the  
physical drives or vice-versa. Cache is important because it can read and write  
data much faster than a physical drive. There are read caches, which hold data  
as it is read from a physical drive; and write caches, which hold data as it is  
written to a physical drive.  
In order to tune the cache for best performance in different applications, user-  
adjustable settings are provided. Cache settings are made in conjunction with  
logical drives:  
•
When you create a logical drive. See “Creating a Logical Drive” on page 93  
and “Creating a Logical Drive” on page 159, and “Creating a Disk Array –  
Advanced Configuration” on page 155.  
•
On an existing logical drive. See “Changing Logical Drive Settings” on  
page 95 or page 168.  
237  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Read Cache Policy  
•
•
Read Cache – The read cache is enabled.  
Read Ahead – The read cache and the read-ahead feature are enabled.  
Read-ahead anticipates the next read and performs it before the request is  
made. Can increase read performance.  
•
•
Force Read Ahead – Continues reading ahead even when the next read  
cannot be logically anticipated. Can increase read performance.  
No Cache – The read cache is disabled.  
Write Cache Policy  
•
Write Back – Data is written first to the cache, then to the logical drive.  
Better performance. VTrak has a cache backup battery to protect data in the  
cache from a sudden power failure.  
•
Write Through – Data is written to the cache and the logical drive at the  
same time. Safer.  
Capacity Coercion  
This feature is designed for fault-tolerant logical drives (RAID 1, 1E, 5, 6, 10, and  
50). It is generally recommended to use physical drives of the same size in your  
disk arrays. When this is not possible, physical drives of different sizes will work  
but the system must adjust for the size differences by reducing or coercing the  
capacity of the larger drives to match the smaller ones. With SuperTrak, you can  
choose to enable Capacity Coercion and any one of four methods.  
Enable Capacity Coercion and choose the Method in the Controller Settings  
menu. See “Making Controller Settings” on page 141. The choices are:  
•
•
•
•
GBTruncate – (Default) Reduces the useful capacity to the nearest  
1,000,000,000-byte boundary.  
10GBTruncate – Reduces the useful capacity to the nearest  
10,000,000,000-byte boundary.  
GRPRounding – Uses an algorithm to determine how much to truncate.  
Results in the maximum amount of usable drive capacity.  
TableRounding – Applies a predefined table to determine how much to  
truncate.  
Capacity Coercion also affects a replacement drive used in a disk array.  
Normally, when an physical drive fails, the replacement drive must be the same  
capacity or larger. However, the Capacity Coercion feature permits the  
installation of a replacement drive that is slightly smaller (within 1 gigabyte) than  
the remaining working drive. For example, the remaining working drives can be  
238  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                     
Chapter 7: Technology Background  
80.5 GB and the replacement drive can be 80.3, since all are rounded down to  
80 GB. This permits the smaller drive to be used.  
Without Capacity Coercion, the controller will not permit the use of a replacement  
physical drive that is slightly smaller than the remaining working drive(s).  
Initialization  
Initialization is highly recommended for logical drives when they are created from  
a disk array. Initialization sets all data bits in the logical drive to zero. The action  
is useful because there may be residual data on the logical drives left behind  
from earlier configurations. You can also perform an Initialization on an existing  
logical drive.  
Warning  
When you initialize a logical drive, all the data the logical drive will  
be lost. Backup any important data before you initialize a logical  
drive.  
There are three options for logical drive initialization:  
•
Full – Overwrites all data bits on the logical drive. Can take some time for  
larger logical drives  
•
Quick – Overwrites the data bits on the first and last blocks of logical drive.  
Takes only seconds.  
See “Creating a Logical Drive” on page 93 and “Creating a Logical Drive” on  
page 159, and “Creating a Disk Array – Advanced Configuration” on page 155,  
and “Initializing a Logical Drive” on page 169.  
Hot Spare Drive(s)  
A hot spare is a physical drive that is connected to the logical drive system but is  
not assigned as a member of the logical drive. In the event of the failure of a drive  
within a functioning fault tolerant logical drive, the hot spare is activated as a  
member of the logical drive to replace the failed drive.  
SuperTrak will replace a failed physical drive in a logical drive with a hot spare  
drive, if one is available. There are two types of hot spare drive:  
•
Global – An unassigned physical drive available to any logical drive on the  
Host PC.  
•
Dedicated – An unassigned physical drive that can only be used by a  
specified logical drive.  
There is another property you can assign to a hot spare drive:  
239  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
•
Revertible – A revertible spare drive will return to spare status when the  
failed drive is replace with a new drive. See “Transition” on page 249.  
Whenever possible, having a hot spare drive in your RAID system is good  
protection against physical drive failure.  
Partition and Format the Logical Drive  
Like any other type of fixed disk media in your system, a RAID logical drive must  
also be partitioned and formatted before use. Use the same method of  
partitioning and formatting on an logical drive as you would any other fixed disk.  
See “Appendix A: Partition and Format” on page 281.  
RAID Level Migration  
To migrate a disk array is to do one or both:  
•
•
Change its RAID level  
Increase the number of physical drives (sometimes called expansion)  
On SuperTrak, RAID level migration is performed on the disk array but it applies  
to the logical drives. Migration takes place on an existing Functional disk array  
without disturbing the existing data. While the disk array is migrating, you can  
access the data as before. When migration is complete, your disk array will have  
a different RAID level and/or a larger capacity.  
In most cases, you must add one or more physical drives during the migration  
process. You can never reduce the number of physical drives.  
The tables below shows the migration options for a source logical drive according  
to its RAID level. The available target RAID levels are shown with their  
requirements.  
You must use WebPAM PRO to migrate a disk array. See “Migrating a Disk  
Array” on page 161.  
240  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Chapter 7: Technology Background  
RAID 0  
A RAID 0 source logical drive can migrate to the following target logical drives:  
Target Requirements  
RAID 0  
Add physical drives.  
2 physical drives only.  
RAID 1  
Only a single-drive RAID 0 can migrate to RAID 1 by adding 1  
physical drive.  
RAID 1E  
RAID 5  
3 or more physical drives.  
3 physical drives minimum, 16 maximum.  
RAID 0 must have less than 16 physical drives.  
RAID 6  
4 physical drives minimum, 16 maximum.  
RAID 10  
4 physical drives minimum.  
Even number of physical drives.  
RAID 50  
RAID 60  
6 physical drives minimum, 16 per axle maximum.  
8 physical drives minimum, 16 per axle maximum.  
241  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
RAID 1  
A RAID 1 Source logical drive can migrate to the following Target logical drives:  
Target  
RAID 0  
Requirements  
None.  
RAID 1E  
RAID 5  
3 or more physical drives.  
3 physical drives minimum, 16 maximum.  
RAID 1 must have less than 16 physical drives.  
RAID 10  
RAID 50  
4 physical drives minimum.  
Even number of physical drives.  
6 physical drives minimum, 16 per axle maximum.  
RAID 1E  
A RAID 1E Source logical drive can migrate to the following Target logical drives:  
Target Requirements  
RAID 0  
None.  
RAID 1E  
RAID 5  
Add physical drives.  
3 physical drives minimum, 16 maximum.  
RAID 1E must have less than 16 physical drives.  
RAID 10  
RAID 50  
4 physical drives minimum.  
Even number of physical drives.  
6 physical drives minimum, 16 per axle maximum.  
242  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 7: Technology Background  
RAID 5  
A RAID 5 Source logical drive can migrate to the following Target logical drives:  
Target Requirements  
RAID 0  
None.  
None.  
RAID 1E  
RAID 5  
RAID 6  
RAID 10  
Add physical drives. 16 maximum.  
4 physical drives minimum, 16 maximum.  
4 physical drives minimum.  
Even number of physical drives.  
RAID 50  
RAID 60  
6 physical drives minimum, 16 per axle maximum.  
8 physical drives minimum, 16 per axle maximum.  
RAID 6  
A RAID 6 Source logical drive can migrate to the following Target logical drives:  
Target Requirements  
RAID 6  
RAID 60  
Add physical drives. 16 maximum.  
8 physical drives minimum, 16 per axle maximum.  
243  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
RAID 10  
A RAID 10 Source logical drive can migrate to the following Target logical drives:  
Target  
RAID 0  
Requirements  
None.  
None.  
RAID 1E  
RAID 5  
3 physical drives minimum, 16 maximum.  
RAID 10 must have less than 16 physical drives.  
RAID 6  
4 physical drives minimum, 16 maximum.  
RAID 10 must have less than 16 physical drives.  
RAID 10  
Add physical drives.  
Even number of physical drives.  
RAID 50  
RAID 60  
6 physical drives minimum, 16 per axle maximum.  
8 physical drives minimum, 16 per axle maximum.  
244  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 7: Technology Background  
RAID 50  
A RAID 50 Source logical drive can migrate to the following Target logical drives:  
Target Requirements  
RAID 0  
None.  
None.  
RAID 1E  
RAID 5  
16 physical drives maximum.  
RAID 50 must have less than 16 physical drives.  
RAID 6  
16 physical drives maximum.  
RAID 50 must have less than 16 physical drives.  
RAID 10  
RAID 50  
RAID 60  
Even number of physical drives.  
Add physical drives. 16 per axle maximum.  
8 physical drives minimum, 16 per axle maximum.  
RAID 60  
A RAID 60 Source logical drive can migrate to the following Target logical drives:  
Target Requirements  
RAID 6 16 physical drives maximum.  
RAID 60 must have less than 16 physical drives.  
RAID 60  
Add physical drives. 16 per axle maximum.  
245  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Important  
•
•
The Target disk array may require more physical drives than  
the Source disk array  
If the Target disk array requires an EVEN number of physical  
drives but the Source disk array has an ODD number, ADD a  
physical drive as part of the migration process  
•
•
•
•
You cannot reduce the number of physical drives in your disk  
array, even if the Target disk array requires fewer physical  
drives than the Source disk array  
RAID 1 (mirroring) works with two drives only. Only a single-  
drive RAID 0 disk array can migrate to RAID 1. Other RAID  
Levels use too many drives to migrate  
You cannot migrate a disk array when it is Critical or  
performing activities such as Synchronizing, Rebuilding, and  
PDM  
For RAID 6 or RAID 60, you can only migrate between these  
two RAID levels. Destination RAID 60 axles can have up to  
16 physical drives. Other limitations might apply  
Ranges of Disk Array Expansion  
The Windows XP (32-bit) operating systems support a 10-byte LBA format. As a  
result, these OSes can only recognize 4 billion addresses. If you create a logical  
drive using the default 512 B sector size, the logical drive will be limited to 2 TB of  
data, even if there is more space available on your physical drives.  
This limitation does not apply to Windows XP (64-bit), 2003 Server, Vista, and  
Linux OSes with the 2.6 kernel. Linux OSes with the 2.4 kernel do not support  
variable sector sizes, therefore you cannot apply the solution described here to  
those OSes.  
Note that once you create your logical drive, you cannot change the size of the  
sectors. Nor can you increase the number of address blocks that the OS  
recognizes.  
You can direct WebPAM PRO to expand a logical drive beyond the maximum  
expansion size. When the expansion is finished:  
•
•
WebPAM PRO will show the logical drive in the desired size.  
Your operating system might show the logical drive at the maximum size  
listed in the table below.  
•
Additional capacity might appear as unpartitioned and unformatted.  
246  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 7: Technology Background  
Maximum LD  
Expansion Size  
Current LD Size  
Sector Size  
8 to 16 TB  
4 to 8 TB  
2 to 4 TB  
up to 2 TB  
16 TB  
8 TB  
4 TB  
2 TB  
4096 bytes  
2048 bytes  
1024 bytes  
512 bytes  
At this point, you have the choice of:  
•
•
Format the unpartitioned/unformatted capacity as a second logical drive  
Delete the existing disk array and create a new one in the desired size  
Delete and Recreate  
If you require a logical drive larger than the maximum expansion size:  
1. Backup the data from the current logical drive.  
2. Delete the current logical drive.  
See “Deleting a Logical Drive” on page 95 or page 160.  
3. Create a new logical drive with the desired capacity.  
See “Creating a Logical Drive” on page 93 or page 159.  
4. Restore the data to the new logical drive.  
247  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Media Patrol  
Media Patrol is a routine maintenance procedure that checks the magnetic media  
on each physical drive. Media Patrol checks all physical drives assigned to disk  
arrays and on spare drives. Media Patrol does not check unconfigured drives.  
Unlike Synchronization and Redundancy Check, Media Patrol is concerned with  
the condition of the media itself, not the data recorded on the media. If Media  
Patrol encounters a critical error, it triggers PDM if PDM is enabled.  
You can run Media Patrol from the subsystem. See “Running Media Patrol” on  
page 134.  
You can also run Media Patrol on a disk array. See “Running Media Patrol on a  
Disk Array” on page 163.  
Predictive Data Migration (PDM)  
Predictive Data Migration (PDM) is the migration of data from the suspect  
physical drive to a spare drive, similar to Rebuilding a Logical Drive. But unlike  
Rebuilding, PDM constantly monitors your physical drives and automatically  
copies your data to the spare drive before the suspect drive fails and your Logical  
Drive goes Critical. See “Running PDM” on page 135 and “Running PDM on a  
Disk Array” on page 163.  
After the data is copied from the suspect drive, the controller marks the suspect  
drive with a Stale configuration and a PFA error.  
You can clear the Stale configuration and PFA error and put the physical drive  
back into service. See “Clearing Stale and PFA Conditions” on page 149 or  
page 265. In some cases, however, you might remove the physical drive for  
repair or replacement.  
PDM Triggers  
The following actions trigger PDM:  
•
•
•
A physical drive with unhealthy status (see below)  
Media Patrol finds a disk critical error*  
You initiate PDM manually  
*PDM also counts the number of media errors reported by Media Patrol.  
A physical drive becomes unhealthy when:  
•
•
A SMART error is reported  
The bad sector remapping table fills to the specified level  
248  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                   
Chapter 7: Technology Background  
Because data would be lost if written to a bad sector, when a bad sector is  
detected, the physical drive creates a map around it. These maps are saved in  
the bad sector remapping table, which has a capacity of 512 reassigned blocks  
and 1024 error blocks.  
When the table fills to a specified percentage of its capacity, PDM triggers a  
migration of data from the suspect drive (the physical drive with the bad sectors)  
to a spare drive.  
During data migration, you will have access to the logical drive but it will respond  
more slowly to read/write tasks because of the additional operation. The time  
required for data migration depends on the size of the physical drive.  
See “Making Background Activity Settings” on page 133.  
Transition  
The Transition feature enables you to specify “permanent” spare drives for your  
SuperTrak controller. Transition is the process of replacing a revertible spare  
drive that is currently part of a disk array with an unconfigured physical drive or a  
non-revertible spare. The revertible spare drive returns to its original status.  
Transition happens automatically when the following sequence of events takes  
place:  
•
•
You create a revertible spare drive. “Creating a Spare Drive” on page 173.  
One of the physical drives assigned to your disk array fails and the array  
becomes degraded and the logical drive goes critical.  
•
•
•
•
The SuperTrak controller automatically rebuilds your array to the revertible  
spare drive and the array becomes functional again.  
You replace the failed physical drive with a new physical drive of equal or  
greater capacity.  
The SuperTrak controller automatically transitions (moves) the data from the  
revertible spare to the new physical drive.  
The new physical drive becomes part of the array and the revertible spare  
drive returns to its original spare status.  
Transition happens manually when you specify a different unconfigured physical  
drive to transition (move) the data from the revertible spare drive.  
Drive Failure and Automatic Rebuild  
In the example below, there is a two-drive RAID 1 disk array.  
•
•
The physical drives in channels 1 and 2 belong to the disk array.  
The physical drive in channel 3 is unconfigured.  
249  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
•
The physical drive in channel 4 is a revertible spare drive.  
The physical drive in channel 2 fails. The disk array becomes degraded and its  
logical drives go critical. The SuperTrak controller automatically rebuilds the disk  
array using the revertible spare drive, the physical drive in channel 4.  
When the rebuild is finished, the disk array and logical drives are OK again.  
•
•
•
The physical drives in channels 1 and 4 belong to the disk array.  
The physical drive in channel 2 has failed and is unusable.  
The physical drive in channel 3 is unconfigured.  
Note that there is no spare drive at this moment.  
250  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 7: Technology Background  
Automatic Transition  
At this juncture, you would replace the failed drive in channel 2 with a new drive  
of the same or greater capacity.  
When the SuperTrak controller detects the new drive in channel 2, it will:  
•
•
Transition the data from the drive in channel 4 to the drive in channel 2.  
Return the drive in channel 4 to spare status.  
When the Transition is finished:  
•
•
•
The physical drives in channels 1 and 2 belong to the disk array.  
The physical drive in channel 3 is still unconfigured.  
The physical drive in channel 4 is a revertible spare drive.  
The original configuration is restored.  
Manual Transition  
Manual transition requires an unassigned physical drive.  
The example below is the same two-drive RAID 1 disk array as before.  
•
•
•
The physical drives in channels 1 and 2 belong to the disk array.  
The physical drive in channel 3 is unconfigured.  
The physical drive in channel 4 is a revertible spare drive.  
251  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
The physical drive in channel 2 fails. The disk array becomes degraded and its  
logical drives go critical. The SuperTrak controller automatically rebuilds the disk  
array using the spare drive, the physical drive in channel 4.  
As we saw in the example of Automatic Transition, if you replace the failed  
physical drive in channel 2, the SuperTrak controller would transition the data  
from the physical drive in channel 4 to the new drive in channel 2.  
But if you wanted to use a different physical drive in your array, such as the  
unassigned drive in channel 3, you would run the Transition function manually.  
When the Manual Transition is finished:  
•
•
•
The physical drives in channels 1 and 3 belong to the disk array.  
The physical drive channel 2 is still failed and unusable.  
The physical drive in channel 4 is a revertible spare drive.  
At this point, after running the Manual Transition, you would replace the failed  
drive in channel 2. The replacement drive in channel 2 will remain unconfigured  
until you assign it to a disk array or as a spare.  
252  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 7: Technology Background  
Critical & Offline Logical Drives  
A fault-tolerant logical drive—RAID 1, 1E, 5, 6, 10, 50, or 60—goes critical when  
a physical drive is removed or fails. Due to the fault tolerance of the logical drive,  
the data is still available and online. However, once the logical drive goes critical,  
the logical drive has lost its fault tolerance, and performance may be adversely  
affected.  
If the fault was caused by a failed drive that was removed, the drive must be  
replaced by another drive, either identical or larger, in order for the RAID system  
to rebuild and restore optimal configuration.  
If your fault-tolerant logical drive—RAID 1, 1E, 5, 6, 10, 50, or 60—goes offline,  
contact Technical Support. See page 273.  
Warning  
Take no further corrective action until you have consulted with  
Technical Support. See page 273.  
A non-fault tolerant logical drive—RAID 0—goes offline when a physical drive is  
removed or fails. Since the logical drive is not fault tolerant, the data stored in the  
logical drive is no longer accessible.  
If one physical drive fails, all of the data on the logical drive is lost. You must  
replace the failed drive. Then, if the logical drive had more than one physical  
drive, delete the logical drive and re-create it. Restore the data from a backup  
source.  
When a Physical Drive Fails  
The SuperTrak EX Controller provides both audible and visual indicators to alert  
you of a physical drive failure. The following will occur when a physical drive fails  
or goes offline, WebPAM PRO reports the condition.  
WebPAM PRO aids in troubleshooting your logical drives and enclosure by  
continuous monitoring and reporting to the User in the following ways:  
•
Displays yellow !s red Xs  
in Tree View (below)  
253  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
•
•
Sends email messages, per your configuration  
Displays popup messages, per your configuration (below)  
•
Keeps a record in the Event Log (below)  
254  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 7: Technology Background  
With a Hot Spare Drive  
When a physical drive in a disk array fails and a spare drive of adequate capacity  
is available, the disk array will begin to rebuild automatically using the spare  
drive.  
After the disk array rebuilds itself using the spare drive, you must replace the  
failed drive.  
To set up a spare drive, see “Creating a Spare Drive” on page 173.  
Without a Hot Spare Drive  
If there is no hot spare drive of adequate capacity, you must remove the failed  
drive and install an unconfigured replacement drive of the same or greater  
capacity in the same slot as the failed drive. Until you install the replacement  
drive, the logical drive will remain Degraded.  
•
If the Auto Rebuild function is ENABLED, the disk array will begin to rebuild  
automatically as soon as you replace the failed drive.  
•
If the Auto Rebuild function is DISABLED, you must manually rebuild the  
disk array after you replace the failed drive.  
To enable Automatic Rebuild, see “Making Background Activity Settings” on  
page 133.  
To set Hot Spare Policy, see “Making Spare Drive Settings” on page 174.  
Important  
If your replacement physical drive was formerly part of a different  
disk array or logical drive, you must clear the configuration data on  
the replacement drive before you use it.  
See “Clearing Stale and PFA Conditions” on page 149 or  
page 265.  
Rebuild Operation  
During rebuild:  
•
•
The alarm sounds two short beeps, repeated  
No warning icon displays over the disk array or logical drive icons  
Management View reports the disk array’s Operational Status as OK,  
Rebuilding.  
During rebuilding, you can still read and write data to the logical drive. However,  
fault tolerance is lost until the disk array returns to OK (not-rebuilding) status.  
255  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
After a successful rebuild:  
•
•
•
The alarm is silent  
The logical drive’s Operational Status is OK  
The rebuilt physical drive Status LED displays steady green  
256  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 8: Troubleshooting  
•
Problem Reports from SuperTrak  
•
•
•
Buzzer (page 257)  
LEDs (page 257)  
BIOS (page 259)  
•
•
•
•
•
Problems Reported in WebPAM PRO (page 261)  
Critical & Offline Logical Drives (page 263)  
Salvaging Physical Drives (page 265)  
Rebuilding a Logical Drive (page 266)  
Recovering from a Blank Screen (page 268)  
Problems Reported by SuperTrak  
The SuperTrak EX Controller provides both audible and visual indicators to alert  
you to a problem.  
Buzzer  
The buzzer sounds to inform you that your RAID system needs attention. But the  
buzzer does not specify the condition. When a continuous tone sounds, there are  
multiple alarm patterns sounding at the same time.  
When the buzzer sounds, take the following actions:  
•
•
Check your disk arrays and logical drives.  
Check the Event Log. See page 101 or page 113.  
LEDs  
If your system is configured with Global LEDs or Direct LEDs, they will indicate  
when a problem is present. Use the SuperBuild utility or WebPAM PRO to further  
diagnose and correct the problem.  
257  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Global LED Display  
Global LEDs glow in response to Logical Drive status.  
LED  
Dark  
Logical Drive Status  
System off  
Normal  
Green  
Amber  
Red  
Logical Drive Critical  
Logical Drive Offline  
Direct LED Display  
Direct LEDs, glow and blink in response to the SuperTrak’s firmware status.  
Fault  
LED  
Activity  
LED  
Firmware Status  
OFF  
ON  
OFF  
ON  
ON  
ON  
ON  
ON  
ON  
ON  
Blink  
ON  
ON  
ON  
No physical drive  
Unconfigured physical drive  
Configured physical drive – Status OK  
Configured physical drive – Status Not OK  
Global spare drive – Status OK  
Physical drive – Status Dead  
Stale condition  
OFF  
ON  
OFF  
ON  
ON  
Blink  
OFF  
Blink  
Blink  
Blink  
Rebuilding  
Activity  
Locate physical drive  
Locate logical drive  
Locate disk array  
258  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 8: Troubleshooting  
BIOS  
The problem is first reported in the SuperTrak BIOS screen when you boot your  
PC or server, as shown below.  
Figure 1. SuperTrak BIOS screen, logical drive critical  
If the SuperTrak BIOS detects an Critical logical drive, the BIOS reports the  
condition but allows the booting process of the Host PC to continue.  
Choose a Management application:  
•
•
Press Ctrl-S at the BIOS screen to open the SuperBuild utility.  
Allow your OS to boot, then open WebPAM PRO.  
259  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Figure 2. SuperTrak BIOS screen, logical drive offline  
If the SuperTrak BIOS detects an Offline logical drive, the BIOS reports the  
condition and temporarily halts the booting process of the Host PC.  
Choose a Management application:  
•
•
Press Ctrl-S to open the SuperBuild utility.  
Press the Space bar, allow your OS to boot, then open WebPAM PRO.  
260  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 8: Troubleshooting  
Problems Reported in WebPAM PRO  
Open WebPAM PRO  
If WebPAM PRO is not running, do the following actions:  
1. Open WebPAM PRO.  
See “Logging into WebPAM PRO” on page 107 for more information.  
2. Click the Subsystem  
3. Click the Enclosures  
icon in Tree View.  
icon and its subordinate icons.  
4. Click the Disk Arrays  
icon and its subordinate icons.  
What to Look For  
When a logical drive goes critical or offline, WebPAM PRO reports the condition  
in the following ways:  
•
Displays yellow !s red Xs  
in Tree View (below)  
•
•
Sends email messages, per your configuration  
Displays popup messages, per your configuration (below)  
261  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
•
Keeps a record in the Event Log (below)  
262  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 8: Troubleshooting  
Critical & Offline Logical Drives  
A fault-tolerant logical drive—RAID 1, 1E, 5, 6, 10, 50, or 60—goes critical when  
a physical drive is removed or fails. Due to the fault tolerance of the logical drive,  
the data is still available and online. However, once the logical drive goes critical,  
the logical drive has lost its fault tolerance, and performance may be adversely  
affected.  
If the fault was caused by a failed drive that was removed, the drive must be  
replaced by another drive, either identical or larger, in order for the RAID system  
to rebuild and restore optimal configuration.  
If your fault-tolerant logical drive—RAID 1, 1E, 5, 6, 10, 50, or 60—goes offline,  
contact Technical Support. See page 273.  
Warning  
Take no further corrective action until you have consulted with  
Technical Support. See page 273.  
A non-fault tolerant logical drive—RAID 0—goes offline when a physical drive is  
removed or fails. Since the logical drive is not fault tolerant, the data stored in the  
logical drive is no longer accessible.  
If one physical drive fails, all of the data on the logical drive is lost. You must  
replace the failed drive. Then, if the logical drive had more than one physical  
drive, delete the logical drive and re-create it. Restore the data from a backup  
source.  
Finding the Failed Drive in SuperBuild  
To identify a failed physical drive:  
1. In the Main Menu, highlight Physical Drive Management and press Enter.  
The Physical Drive Management screen displays.  
2. Compare the list of physical drives on the screen against the actual physical  
drives attached to the SuperTrak controller.  
263  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Figure 3. Physical Drive Management screen  
ID 3 is missing  
In the example above, there is no physical drive for ID 3. Assuming you  
installed a physical drive onto Channel 3 of the SuperTrak controller, this is  
the failed physical drive.  
3. Shut down the Host PC, open the case, check the power and data  
connections to each physical drive, correct any shortcomings, restart the  
Host PC and check in SuperBuild again.  
Finding the Failed Drive in WebPAM PRO  
To locate a failed or missing physical drive:  
1. Open WebPAM PRO.  
See “Logging into WebPAM PRO” on  
page 107 for more information.  
2. Click the Subsystem  
3. Click the Enclosures  
4. Click the Enclosure  
icon in Tree View.  
icon.  
icon.  
5. Click the Physical Drives  
icon.  
6. Examine the list of physical drives.  
•
If a drive was present but is now  
missing, that is the failed drive. Check  
the power and data connections. If  
those are OK, you must replace the  
drive.  
•
•
If a drive is marked as PFA or Stale,  
that is the problem drive and you might  
be able to salvage the drive.  
If a drive is marked as Offline or Dead,  
that is the problem drive and you must replace it.  
264  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 8: Troubleshooting  
Salvaging Physical Drives  
Physical drives can develop problems that make them unsuitable for service in a  
logical drive. These problems are reflected in the physical drive status:  
•
•
•
•
PFA – The physical drive has errors resulting in a prediction of failure  
Stale – Caused by obsolete array information on the physical drive  
Offline – The physical drive is present but set to Offline status  
Dead – Physical drive set down by the SuperTrak controller  
WebPAM PRO has features to deal with PFA or Stale physical drives. An Offline  
or Dead physical drive cannot be salvaged and must be replaced.  
Clearing Stale and PFA Conditions  
To clear a Stale or PFA status from a physical drive:  
1. Open WebPAM PRO.  
See “Logging into WebPAM PRO” on page 107 for more information.  
2. Click the Subsystem  
3. Click the Enclosures  
4. Click the Enclosure  
icon in Tree View.  
icon.  
icon.  
5. Click the Physical Drives  
icon.  
6. Click a Physical Drive icon.  
7. In Management View, click the Clear tab.  
8. Click the Submit button.  
Note  
If a physical drive has both a Stale and a PFA condition, click the  
Submit button once to clear the Stale condition, then click again  
to clear the PFA condition.  
265  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Rebuilding a Logical Drive  
The remedial action for a critical logical drive is to rebuild it, meaning the data  
from the failed physical drive is rebuilt onto a spare or replacement physical  
drive.  
Spare Drive Available  
The SuperTrak Controller will rebuilt a logical drive automatically using a spare  
drive, providing:  
•
•
•
A spare drive is available  
The spare drive is the same size or larger than the failed drive  
The Auto Rebuild setting is enabled in WebPAM PRO. Enabled is the default  
setting. See “Making Background Activity Settings” on page 133.  
If the above conditions are met, the SuperTrak controller automatically rebuilds  
the logical drive with the hot spare. After the rebuild is done, you must replace the  
failed drive with a new physical drive.  
Depending on your spare drive settings, you might make the replacement drive  
the new spare drive, or the original spare will transition back to its original status.  
See “Creating a Spare Drive” on page 97 or page 173. Also see “Hot Spare  
Drive(s)” on page 239.  
No Spare Drive Available  
If a spare drive is not available, you must replace the failed drive. Then the  
SuperTrak controller will automatically rebuild the logical drive using the new  
physical drive, providing:  
•
•
The new drive is the same size or larger than the failed drive  
The Auto Rebuild setting is enabled in WebPAM PRO. Enabled is the default  
setting. See “Making Background Activity Settings” on page 133.  
Manual Rebuild: SuperBuild Utility  
In some cases, you must start the Rebuild manually. After replacing the failed  
drive with a new drive of equal or larger size, take the following actions:  
1. In the Main Menu, highlight Disk Array Management and press Enter.  
The Disk Array Management screen displays.  
2. Highlight the Disk Array with the failed drive and press Enter.  
The Disk Array Info and Setting screen displays.  
3. Highlight Physical Drives in the Array and press Enter.  
Note the ID numbers of the physical drives that are still functional  
266  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                 
Chapter 8: Troubleshooting  
4. Highlight Start Manual Rebuild and press Enter.  
The Manual Rebuild screen displays.  
5. Highlight the Source Sequence Number and press Enter. Then type the ID  
number of one of the physical drives you noted in step 3 and press Enter.  
6. Highlight the Target Physical Drive ID and press Enter. Then type the ID  
number of the new drive and press Enter.  
7. Highlight Start Manual Rebuild and press Enter.  
The time required for the Rebuild depends on the number and size of your  
logical drives. You can monitor the progress of the Rebuild under  
Background Activity.  
Manual Rebuild: WebPAM PRO  
If a physical drive has failed, identify and replace the drive, then rebuild the disk  
array as described below:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
2. Click the Disk Arrays  
icon in Tree View.  
icon.  
3. Click the Disk Array  
icon.  
If there are multiple disk arrays, choose the icon with the yellow !.  
4. From the dropdown menu on the Background Activity tab, choose Start  
Rebuild.  
5. Choose Source physical drive.  
This is a remaining functional physical drive in the disk array.  
6. Choose the Target physical drive.  
This is the replacement physical drive.  
7. Click the Submit button.  
The Disk Array Background Activity tab will show the rebuild the replacement  
(target) physical drive. Depending the size of the physical disk involved, this  
process will take some time.  
To view more information, click the Rebuild on PDx link.  
To set Rebuild priority, see “Making Background Activity Settings” on page 133.  
267  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Recovering from a Blank Screen  
Occasionally, while you are performing a RAID  
management operation using WebPAM PRO, your  
browser screen might go blank.  
Internet  
Explorer  
To recover from a blank browser screen, do one of the  
following actions:  
Firefox  
Netscape  
Navigator  
•
•
Press the F5 key.  
Click your browser’s Refresh button (right).  
Cache Battery Does Not Charge  
The RAID controller’s cache backup battery protects data in the cache for up to  
72 hours in the event of a power failure. If the battery is too warm, it will not  
accept a charge nor will it discharge to power the cache.  
To view battery information:  
1. Click the Subsystem  
2. Click the Controllers  
3. Click the Controller  
icon in Tree View.  
icon.  
icon.  
4. Click the Battery tab in Management View.  
In normal operation, the operational status of the battery shows Fully Charged  
with a Reserve Capacity of 100%. If it never reaches this condition or remains  
discharged, the battery may be too warm.  
RAID controllers, like all components inside the Host PC, rely on a flow of air to  
carry off heat and maintain optimal temperature. If the air flow is inadequate,  
performance can suffer.  
Check and correct the following conditions:  
•
•
Ambient operating temperature must not exceed 104°F (40°C).  
Be sure the fan outlets, typically at the back of the PC or server, have at  
least 6 inches (15 cm) of clearance.  
•
If you have other PCI devices and available slots, try moving the SuperTrak  
and the other devices further apart to increase airflow between them.  
•
Airflow through your PC or server must be at least 200 LFM.  
Measuring and adjusting airflow through a PC or server is very difficult for users  
in the field. Contact the manufacturer’s Technical Support for assistance.  
268  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Chapter 9: Support  
•
•
•
•
Frequently Asked Questions (below)  
Contacting Technical Support (page 273)  
Limited Warranty (page 276)  
Returning the Product For Repair (page 278)  
Frequently Asked Questions  
This section lists frequently asked questions involving pre-installation, drive  
issues, installation, and post-installation.  
Pre-Installation (Speed, Device Types, Capacity, Cabling)  
What kind of HDDs can I use for a SuperTrak EX Series logical drive?  
You can use any Serial Attached SCSI (SAS) or Serial ATA (SATA) hard  
disk drive from the compatibility list on the Promise Support Website. Use  
matching drives for multiple-drive arrays to maximize capacity usage as well  
as performance.  
What is the maximum physical drive storage capacity of SuperTrak EX  
Series?  
The SuperTrak EX4650 supports up to 3.0 TB (four 750 GB physical drives).  
The SuperTrak EX8650, EX8654, and EX8658 support up to 6.0 TB (eight  
750 GB physical drives).  
The SuperTrak EX16650 supports up to 16.0 TB (sixteen 1.0 TB physical  
drives).  
The SuperTrak EX Series controllers also support up to 128 SAS physical  
drives per SAS port using SAS expanders.  
Can I use ATAPI devices on the SuperTrak EX Series?  
No. The SuperTrak EX Series Controller does not support ATAPI devices.  
Will ACPI work with HDDs on the SuperTrak EX Series?  
Yes. The SuperTrak EX Series controller supports ACPI S1, S3 and S4  
standby modes.  
What kind of PCI slots do the SuperTrak EX Series controllers use?  
SuperTrak EX Series controllers will work in a PCI-Express x8 slot or x16  
slot.  
269  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
How can I change the resources that the SuperTrak uses?  
The SuperTrak EX Series Controllers are fully PnP. This means all the  
resources that it uses are given to it by the PnP BIOS on the motherboard.  
The SuperTrak Series Controller supports IRQ sharing, but this feature only  
works when ALL the concerned devices support it. If your motherboard  
allows you to control the assignment of these resources, you may be able to  
remedy the problem by:  
•
•
•
Changing the IRQ assignments to the PCI slots in the motherboard  
BIOS during boot up.  
Reset the configuration data in your CMOS. This is usually an option in  
the PnP section of your CMOS.  
Otherwise, switch the SuperTrak Controller card to a different PCI slot.  
Drive Issues  
Can I add a drive to a SuperTrak EX Series logical drive via hot-swap and  
dynamically adjust the array size/configuration?  
Yes. The SuperTrak EX Series controller supports online logical drive  
expansion and migration. You must use the SuperBuild utility or the  
WebPAM PRO software to expand or migrate an existing logical drive.  
Do the HDDs on the SuperTrak EX Series have to be the same size?  
The physical drives that you use with the SuperTrak EX Series controller do  
not have to be the same size. If the sizes differ, the SuperTrak EX Controller  
will truncate the large drive so the capacities match. The resulting difference  
in drive space is unusable, so avoid using physical drives of significantly  
different capacities.  
Can I take a drive used in a SuperTrak EX Series logical drive and access it  
directly with a different controller, such as the one integrated on the  
motherboard?  
Yes, but only under certain configurations. First, the other controller must  
address the drives as LBA, not CHS.  
Second, only the following configurations allow the drive(s) to be accessed  
individually on another controller:  
•
•
Single-drive RAID 0 (stripe)  
One drive from a RAID 1 (mirror) logical drive  
No other array configurations will work for this purpose.  
270  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 9: Support  
I already have an array on a Promise FastTrak controller. Can I move that  
array to my new SuperTrak EX Series controller?  
No. The SuperTrak EX Series controller supports SNIA Disk Data Format  
(DDF), which is not backward compatible with the FastTrak controller.  
If I have a problem with one of the drives on the SuperTrak EX Series, how  
can I low-level format it to correct the problem?  
Do NOT do this! Low-level formatting hard physical drives is not only  
unnecessary but it generally does not correct problems commonly  
experienced during use.  
Errors such as bad sectors or ECC/CRC failure are best remedied by  
completely replacing the drive. For this reason, do NOT low-level format the  
drives attached to the SuperTrak EX Series controller.  
Do I have to install disk management software on my logical drive in order  
to access the full storage capacity of drives?  
No! Disk management software will only complicate things. The logical drive  
should be fully addressable by your OS as it is. Some operating systems  
have limits on the sizes of partitions and logical drives that can be defined.  
Consult your OS documentation about partitioning larger drives.  
What system BIOS setup settings do I use for the drives on the SuperTrak  
EX Series?  
A BIOS setting is required only if you want to boot your system from the  
logical drive on the SuperTrak EX Series controller. After your logical drive is  
created, partitioned and formatted, make the change in your BIOS boot  
order setting.  
How do I partition/format my SuperTrak EX Series RAID logical drive?  
The SuperTrak EX Series controller represents the logical drive as a single  
physical drive to your system. Therefore, anything that you can do to a single  
physical drive you can do to a SuperTrak logical drive.  
For example, you should use the FDISK and FORMAT utilities to partition  
and format the logical drive. You can format the logical drive with any file  
system you wish.  
Installation Issues (Capacity, Booting)  
How can I change the system boot sequence in order to boot from the  
SuperTrak EX Series logical drive?  
The boot sequence is controlled by the system BIOS. As far as the system  
BIOS is concerned, the SuperTrak EX Controller and defined logical drives  
271  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
are categorized as a SCSI device. This allows you to set the boot sequence  
in your BIOS setup utility to boot from SCSI first, rather than IDE.  
If there are multiple SCSI add-in controllers in the system, then the boot  
sequence among them will be determined exclusively by their PCI slot  
priority. PCI slot #1 will be first, slot #2 second, etc. Put the SuperTrak EX  
Controller in the PCI-Express slot where it will be accessed ahead of other  
SCSI controllers if you want to boot from the logical drive.  
How can I change the boot sequence between a PCI SCSI card and the  
SuperTrak EX Series RAID logical drive?  
Since all PCI-Express are PnP, it is difficult to determine which device is  
addressed first. Most motherboard BIOSes have advanced options that  
identify devices and allow you to choose which device will be assigned  
resources first. Otherwise you may have to physically switch the device  
cards on the PCI/PCI-Express/PCI-X slots so that the boot device is in the  
highest priority slot number (see previous question).  
Post-Installation  
Why can’t I see the drives on the SuperTrak EX Series under FDISK?  
You have not created a logical drive yet. Without a logical drive, the system  
will not recognize the physical drives attached to the SuperTrak EX  
Controller.  
A physical drive is recognized by the SuperTrak controller but not available  
to use in a disk array. How can I make it available?  
The physical drive might contain obsolete disk array information. See  
“Clearing Stale and PFA Conditions” on page 149 or page 265. This action  
clears the obsolete information in order to make the drive available.  
Why can’t I run WebPAM PRO in Konqueror?  
The Konqueror browser (Linux) does not support WebPAM PRO. Install a  
Netscape Navigator or Firefox browser. With that browser as the default,  
reinstall WebPAM PRO.  
Aren’t the WebPAM PRO icons supposed to be animated?  
Yes, they are animated. However, the default setting for Internet Explorer  
under Windows 2003 Server does not display animation in the browser. Go  
to Internet Options > Advanced and check Play animations in web pages.  
272  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 9: Support  
Contacting Technical Support  
Promise Technical Support provides several support options for Promise users to  
access information and updates. We encourage you to use one of our electronic  
services, which provide product information updates for the most efficient service  
and support.  
If you decide to contact us, please have the following information available:  
•
•
•
•
Product model and serial number  
BIOS and driver version numbers  
A description of the problem / situation  
System configuration information, including: motherboard and CPU type,  
hard drive model(s), SAS/SATA/ATA/ATAPI drives & devices, and other  
controllers.  
Technical Support Services  
Promise Online™ Web Site  
http://www.promise.com/support/  
support_eng.asp.  
(technical documents, drivers, utilities, etc.)  
United States  
E-mail Support  
Fax Support  
e-Support On-Line  
+1 408 228 1100 Attn: Technical Support  
+1 408 228 1400 option 4  
Phone Support  
If you wish to write us for  
support:  
Promise Technology, Inc.  
580 Cottonwood Drive  
Milpitas, CA 95035, USA  
The Netherlands  
E-mail Support  
Fax Support  
e-Support On-Line  
+31 0 40 256 9463 Attn: Technical Support  
+31 0 40 235 2600  
Phone Support  
If you wish to write us for  
support:  
Promise Technology Europe B.V.  
Science Park Eindhoven 5542  
5692 EL Son, The Netherlands  
273  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Germany  
E-mail Support  
e-Support On-Line  
Fax Technical Support  
+49 0 2 31 56 76 48 29  
Attn: Technical Support  
Phone Technical Support  
+49 0 2 31 56 76 48 10  
If you wish to write us for  
support:  
Promise Technology Germany  
Europaplatz 9  
44269 Dortmund, Germany  
Italy  
E-mail Support  
Fax Support  
e-Support On-Line  
+39 0 6 367 124 00 Attn: Technical Support  
+39 0 6 367 126 26  
Phone Support  
If you wish to write us for  
support:  
Promise Technology Italy  
Piazza del Popolo 18  
00187 Roma, Italia  
Taiwan  
E-mail Support  
Fax Support  
e-Support On-Line  
+886 3 578 2390 Attn: Technical Support  
+886 3 578 2395 ext. 8822 or 8823  
Phone Support  
If you wish to write us for  
support:  
Promise Technology, Inc.  
2F, No. 30, Industry E. Rd. IX  
Science-based Industrial Park  
Hsin-Chu 30075, Taiwan (R.O.C.)  
274  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 9: Support  
China  
E-mail Support  
e-Support On-Line  
Fax Support  
+86 10 8857 8015 Attn: Technical Support  
+86 10 8857 8085 or 8095  
Phone Support  
If you wish to write us for  
support:  
Promise Technology China – Beijing  
Room 1205, Tower C  
Webok Time Center, No.17  
South Zhong Guan Cun Street  
Hai Dian District, Beijing 100081, China  
E-mail Support  
Fax Support  
e-Support On-Line  
+86 21 6249 4627 Attn: Technical Support  
+86 21 6249 4192, 4193, or 4199  
Phone Support  
If you wish to write us for  
support:  
Promise Technology China – Shanghai  
Room 508, Leader Tower  
1189 West Wu Ding Road  
Jing An District, Shanghai 200042, China  
275  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Limited Warranty  
Promise Technology, Inc. (“Promise”) warrants that this product, from the time of  
the delivery of the product to the original end user:  
a) all components, except the cache backup battery, for a period of three  
(3) years;  
b) the cache backup battery, for a period of one (1) year;  
c) will conform to Promise’s specifications;  
d) will be free from defects in material and workmanship under normal use  
and service.  
This warranty:  
a) applies only to products which are new and in cartons on the date of  
purchase;  
b) is not transferable;  
c) is valid only when accompanied by a copy of the original purchase  
invoice.  
d) Is not valid on spare parts.  
This warranty shall not apply to defects resulting from:  
a) improper or inadequate maintenance, or unauthorized modification(s),  
performed by the end user;  
b) operation outside the environmental specifications for the product;  
c) accident, misuse, negligence, misapplication, abuse, natural or  
personal disaster, or maintenance by anyone other than a Promise or a  
Promise-authorized service center.  
Disclaimer of other warranties  
This warranty covers only parts and labor, and excludes coverage on software  
items as expressly set above.  
Except as expressly set forth above, Promise DISCLAIMS any warranties,  
expressed or implied, by statute or otherwise, regarding the product, including,  
without limitation, any warranties for fitness for any purpose, quality,  
merchantability, non-infringement, or otherwise. Promise makes no warranty or  
representation concerning the suitability of any product for use with any other  
item. You assume full responsibility for selecting products and for ensuring that  
the products selected are compatible and appropriate for use with other goods  
with which they will be used.  
276  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 9: Support  
Promise DOES NOT WARRANT that any product is free from errors or that it will  
interface without problems with your computer system. It is your responsibility to  
back up or otherwise save important data before installing any product and  
continue to back up your important data regularly.  
No other document, statement or representation may be relied on to vary the  
terms of this limited warranty.  
Promise’s sole responsibility with respect to any product is to do one of the  
following:  
a) replace the product with a conforming unit of the same or superior  
product;  
b) repair the product.  
Promise shall not be liable for the cost of procuring substitute goods, services,  
lost profits, unrealized savings, equipment damage, costs of recovering,  
reprogramming, or reproducing of programs or data stored in or used with the  
products, or for any other general, special, consequential, indirect, incidental, or  
punitive damages, whether in contract, tort, or otherwise, notwithstanding the  
failure of the essential purpose of the foregoing remedy and regardless of  
whether Promise has been advised of the possibility of such damages. Promise  
is not an insurer. If you desire insurance against such damage, you must obtain  
insurance from another party.  
Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential  
damages for consumer products, so the above limitation may not apply to you.  
This warranty gives specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights that  
vary from state to state. This limited warranty is governed by the State of  
California.  
Your Responsibilities  
You are responsible for determining whether the product is appropriate for your  
use and will interface with your equipment without malfunction or damage. You  
are also responsible for backing up your data before installing any product and  
for regularly backing up your data after installing the product. Promise is not liable  
for any damage to equipment or data loss resulting from the use of any product.  
277  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Returning the Product For Repair  
If you suspect a product is not working properly, or if you have any questions  
about your product, contact our Technical Support Staff through one of our  
Technical Services, making sure to provide the following information:  
•
•
•
•
•
Product model and serial number (required)  
Return shipping address  
Daytime phone number  
Description of the problem  
Copy of the original purchase invoice  
The technician will assist you in determining whether the product requires repair.  
If the product needs repair, the Technical Support Department will issue an RMA  
(Return Merchandise Authorization) number.  
Important  
Obtain an RMA number from Technical Support before you return  
the product and write the RMA number on the label. The RMA  
number is essential for tracking your product and providing the  
proper service.  
Return ONLY the specific product covered by the warranty (do not ship cables,  
manuals, diskettes, etc.), with a copy of your proof of purchase to:  
USA and Canada:  
Other Countries:  
Promise Technology, Inc.  
Customer Service Dept.  
Attn.: RMA # ______  
47654 Kato Road  
Fremont, CA 94538  
Return the product to your dealer  
or retailer.  
Contact them for instructions  
before shipping the product.  
You must follow the packaging guidelines for returning products:  
•
•
•
•
Use the original shipping carton and packaging  
Include a summary of the product’s problem(s)  
Write an attention line on the box with the RMA number  
Include a copy of proof of purchase  
278  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 9: Support  
You are responsible for the cost of insurance and shipment of the product to  
Promise. Note that damage incurred due to improper transport or packaging is  
not covered under the Limited Warranty.  
When repairing returned product(s), Promise may replace defective parts with  
new or reconditioned parts, or replace the entire unit with a new or reconditioned  
unit. In the event of a replacement, the replacement unit will be under warranty  
for the remainder of the original warranty term from purchase date, or 30 days,  
whichever is longer.  
Promise will pay for standard return shipping charges only. You will be required to  
pay for any additional shipping options (such as express shipping).  
279  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
280  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix A: Partition and Format  
In order for your operating system to recognize and work with the physical drives  
attached to your SuperTrak EX Controller card, the drives must be partitioned  
and formatted.  
•
If your drives were previously partitioned and formatted they are ready to use  
and you can skip this procedure  
•
If your drives have not been partitioned and formatted, you must do that job  
before you can use them  
The actions of partitioning and formatting create a file structure on the physical  
drives with which your operating system can work. In the example below, we  
show how this is done in Windows. A similar procedure is required for Linux PCs.  
However, partitioning and formatting in Linux is not automated, therefore please  
refer to your system documentation for the exact procedure.  
Note  
If you plan to boot your computer from this logical drive, you will  
perform partitioning and formatting during the OS installation. The  
instructions here are for data logical drives only.  
1. From the desktop, right-click the My Computer icon and choose Manage  
from the popup menu. The Computer Management window opens.  
2. From the left menu, click Disk Management. The Disk Management window  
opens with your new logical disk identified as Disk 1. The Initialize Wizard  
appears automatically.  
281  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
3. Click the Next button to start the Wizard.  
4. In the following windows, choose Disk 1 to Initialize. Do not choose any  
disks to Convert. Click the Finish button to Initialize the logical disk.  
5. Right-click the Unallocated portion of Disk 1 and choose New Partition...  
from the popup menu. The New Partition Wizard appears.  
282  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix A: Partition and Format  
6. Click the Next button to start the wizard.  
7. In the following windows, do the following actions. Click Next to move to the  
next window.  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Choose Primary Partition  
Specify the maximum available partition size in MB  
Assign the available drive letter of your choice  
Choose Format this partition with the following settings  
File system: NTFS  
Allocation unit size: Default  
Volume label: Enter your choice of name  
Do not check “Perform a quick format” or “Enable file and folder  
compression”  
8. Review your selections and click Finish. The New Partition Wizard will  
disappear while partitioning and formatting begin.  
This process will take some time. The Disk Management window displays  
the progress.  
283  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
When formatting is complete, your logical disk will appear as a hard drive in  
the Disk Management window (above) and the My Computer window  
(below).  
284  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix B: Upgrades  
•
Updating SuperTrak BIOS and Firmware (page 285)  
•
Updating WebPAM PRO (page 286)  
Updating SuperTrak BIOS and Firmware  
Follow this procedure to upgrade the BIOS and Firmware on your SuperTrak  
EX4650, EX8650, EX8654, EX8658, or EX16650 Controller card.  
The SuperTrak card must be properly installed in your PC or server in order to  
perform the update. See “Installing the SuperTrak Card” on page 9 for more  
information.  
Downloading BIOS and Firmware File  
1. Go to the Promise Support Website at http://support.promise.com/.  
2. Click Downloads.  
3. Click the Select Product popup menu and choose SuperTrak EX4350/  
EX8650/EX8654/EX8658/EX16650.  
4. Click the Select Category popup menu and choose All.  
5. Click the GO button.  
The list of available downloads displays. The firmware and BIOS come  
together in a single package.  
6. Click the package you want. Be sure you choose the latest version.  
7. In the File Download dialog box, click the Save button.  
8. In the Save As dialog box, direct the file to save to a convenient location on  
your PC.  
9. Continue the update procedure in WebPAM PRO. See “Updating the  
Firmware” on page 129.  
Important  
After you update your BIOS and Firmware, install the latest  
SuperTrak driver for your OS. See “Chapter 3: Installing Drivers”  
on page 59.  
285  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Updating WebPAM PRO  
Follow this procedure to upgrade the WebPAM PRO Software on your PC or  
server.  
Downloading the WebPAM PRO Update File  
1. Go to the Promise website http://support.promise.com/.  
2. Click Downloads.  
3. Click the Select Product popup menu and choose SuperTrak EX4350/  
EX8650/EX8654/EX8658/EX16650.  
4. Click the Select Category popup menu and choose Utility.  
5. Click the GO button.  
The list of the current WebPAM PRO software displays. Promise provides  
versions of WebPAM PRO software for Windows and Linux. Be sure you  
choose the latest version.  
6. Click the WebPAM PRO file you want.  
7. In the File Download dialog box, click the Save button.  
8. In the Save As dialog box, direct the software to save to a convenient  
location on your PC.  
9. Unzip the downloaded WebPAM package.  
The result is a single installer file.  
Installing the WebPAM PRO Update File  
You must manually uninstall the existing version of WebPAM PRO before  
installing the new one.  
See “Installing WebPAM PRO onto Windows” on page 39 or “Installing WebPAM  
PRO onto Linux” on page 47.  
Logging into WebPAM PRO  
The new version of WebPAM PRO has the same login procedure as previous  
version. See “Logging into WebPAM PRO” on page 55 or page 107.  
286  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Appendix C: Battery Backup Unit  
The Battery Backup Unit (BBU) maintains power to the cache on the SuperTrak  
EX Controller card, when a power failure occurs to the Host PC. The failure could  
be due to a problem with the PC’s power supply, a cessation of electrical service,  
or an accidental disconnection of the power cable.  
When power is interrupted, any data in the controller’s cache is lost. The BBU  
maintains power to the cache so that any data stored there is saved until it can be  
written to a physical drive.  
The BBU is available as a kit, sold separately from the SuperTrak EX Controller  
card.  
•
•
SuperTrak EX4650 and EX8650 take BBU-Plus II or BBU-Plus III  
SuperTrak EX8654, EX8658, and EX16650 take BBU-Plus III.  
Be sure you obtain and install the correct kit for your controller.  
The BBU kit includes the following components:  
•
•
Battery Assembly – Includes a lithium battery and holder  
Mounting screws (3)  
Figure 1. The BBU-Plus III kit  
287  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Installing the BBU  
Warning  
The electronic components on the SuperTrak EX Controller cards  
are sensitive to damage from Electro-Static Discharge (ESD).  
Observe appropriate precautions at all times when handling the  
SuperTrak card or its subassemblies.  
Warning  
Before installing the BBU onto SuperTrak EX Controller card,  
backup any important or useful data. Failure to follow this  
accepted PC practice could result in data loss.  
To install the BBU onto your SuperTrak EX Controller card in the Host PC:  
1. Power down your system.  
2. Remove the cover of your system.  
3. Detach the SAS multi-lane cables from the SuperTrak EX Controller card.  
4. Remove the screw holding the SuperTrak EX Controller card to the system  
case.  
5. Gently pull the SuperTrak EX Controller card out of the PCI-Express slot and  
remove it from the system.  
6. Place the SuperTrak EX Controller card on an anti-static surface with the  
connectors facing up.  
7. Attach the BBU module connector on the Battery Assembly to the BBU  
module connector on the SuperTrak EX Controller card. See Figure 2.  
288  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Appendix C: Battery Backup Unit  
Figure 2. BBU module connectors on EX4650. Other models are similar  
SuperTrak EX Controller  
Battery Assembly  
BBU module  
connector  
8. From the opposite side of the SuperTrak EX Controller card, insert and snug  
the three screws to secure the Battery Assembly.  
Figure 3. Three screws secure the Battery Assembly. The EX4650 is  
shown. Other models are similar  
Back of SuperTrak  
EX Controller  
Mounting  
screw 1 of 3  
9. Install the SuperTrak EX Controller card back into its PCI-Express slot.  
289  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
10. Replace the screw holding the SuperTrak EX Controller card to the system  
case.  
11. Attach the SAS multi-lane cables to the SuperTrak EX Controller card.  
12. Replace the cover of your system.  
13. Power-up the system and launch WebPAM PRO.  
See “Logging into WebPAM PRO” on page 107.  
After installation and power-up, a new battery takes several hours to charge.  
From that time, it should show Fully Charged. See “Viewing Battery Information”  
on page 142.  
The BBU module is covered by a one-year warranty. See “Limited Warranty” on  
page 276.  
290  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Appendix D: LED Backplane Connections  
•
•
•
•
Schematic Diagrams (below)  
Direct LED Display (page 293)  
Aggregate LED Display (page 293)  
Global LED Display (page 294)  
Schematic Diagrams  
To set up LED configuration for your enclosure or PC, make your backplane  
connections as shown below. You can make connections for:  
•
•
•
Aggregate LEDs  
Global LEDs in two colors  
Direct connection – Individual fault and activity LEDs  
For SuperTrak EX8654 and EX8658, note that only the interior SAS Ports  
have individual LED pins.  
For more information, see “Installing the SuperTrak Card” on page 9 and the user  
manual for your PC or enclosure.  
Figure 1. SuperTrak Aggregate and Global LED backplane connections  
Backplane  
SuperTrak Controller Card  
LED activity = Low  
1
2
1
2
Aggregate  
LEDs  
pin pitch 2.54 mm  
for header  
D-704578362  
1
2
3
4
0 Ω  
0 Ω  
1
3
2
4
+
Global  
LEDs  
R
G
+
pin pitch 2.54 mm  
for header  
LED R+G  
Optional resistors for  
tuning LED brightness.  
291  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Figure 2. SuperTrak fault and activity LED connections  
For LED status and behavior information, see the tables on the following pages.  
292  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix D: LED Backplane Connections  
Direct LED Display  
Direct LEDs, glow and blink in response to the SuperTrak’s firmware status.  
Fault  
LED  
Activity  
LED  
Firmware Status  
OFF  
ON  
OFF  
ON  
ON  
ON  
ON  
ON  
ON  
ON  
Blink  
ON  
ON  
ON  
No physical drive  
Unconfigured physical drive  
Configured physical drive – Status OK  
Configured physical drive – Status Not OK  
Global spare drive – Status OK  
Physical drive – Status Dead  
Stale condition  
OFF  
ON  
OFF  
ON  
ON  
Blink  
OFF  
Blink  
Blink  
Blink  
Rebuilding  
Activity  
Locate physical drive  
Locate logical drive  
Locate disk array  
For more information, see:  
•
•
•
•
“Managing Physical Drives” on page 87 or page 146  
“Managing Disk Arrays” on page 89 or page 150  
“Managing Logical Drives” on page 92 or page 166  
“Managing Spare Drives” on page 97 or page 172  
Aggregate LED Display  
Aggregate LEDs glow or blink in response to Storage Device (physical drive)  
activity.  
LED  
OFF  
ON  
Storage Device Status  
No activity  
Storage device (physical drive) activity  
293  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Global LED Display  
Global LEDs glow in response to Logical Drive status.  
LED  
Dark  
Logical Drive Status  
System off  
Normal  
Green  
Amber  
Red  
Logical Drive Critical  
Logical Drive Offline  
When a Global LED glows amber or red, you must diagnose and resolve the  
logical drive problem in the SuperBuild BIOS or in WebPAM PRO.  
See “Chapter 8: Troubleshooting” on page 257.  
294  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Index  
block size, see stripe size 236  
browser screen, blank 268  
browser support for WebPAM PRO  
4, 38  
Numerics  
10GBTruncate 238  
2 TB limitation 237  
buzzer 104, 257  
information 144  
A
About This Manual 1  
settings 143  
add  
silencing 143  
host 120  
testing 143  
subsystem 120  
Agent, WebPAM PRO 37, 121,  
126  
C
capacity  
airflow, PC or server 8, 268  
alias  
disk array 89  
logical drive 93, 155, 159  
physical drive 87  
spare drive 173, 266  
capacity coercion  
defined 238  
controller 141  
disk array 90, 91, 155  
logical drive 93, 95, 155, 159  
physical drive 148  
subsystem 129  
Auto Rebuild enable 134  
axles  
settings 142  
check table 170  
CIM  
client settings 126  
server settings 126  
clear  
RAID 50 227  
RAID 60 230  
specify number 94, 155  
event logs 102  
NVRAM event log 132  
orphan watermark 142  
runtime event log 131  
statistical data 129  
CLI  
B
background activity  
run 134  
settings 133  
view 133  
backplane, LED connections 291  
battery  
commands, listed 184  
commands, table 181  
install  
backup unit (BBU) 287  
information 142  
not charging 268  
BIOS  
downloading 285  
SuperTrak 18, 81  
blank browser screen 268  
FreeBSD 35  
Linux 28  
VMware 36  
Windows 23  
notes, conventions 183  
open 27, 179  
295  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
CLI, cont.  
disk array, cont.  
list 89  
start 27, 179  
Client/Server, WebPAM PRO 121  
connection, in-band versus out-of-  
band 121  
locate 150  
migrate 161, 240  
name or alias 90, 91, 155  
prepare for transport 164  
rebuild 162, 255  
run Media Patrol 163  
run PDM 163  
controller  
alias 141  
information 86, 139  
selection 85  
settings 141  
statistics 141  
settings 91, 158  
status 90, 157  
create  
transitioning 164  
view 150  
disk array 19, 90, 151  
logical drive 20, 93, 159  
spare drive 97, 173  
user 118  
downloading  
BIOS 285  
drivers 59  
firmware 285  
WebPAM PRO 286  
critical logical drive 253, 263, 266  
drivers  
D
downloading 59  
FreeBSD 76  
dedicated spare drive 239  
degraded logical drive 166  
delete  
installation media 60  
Miracle Linux 75  
disk array 91, 157  
Event Frame 114  
host 121  
RedHat Linux 70  
SuSE Open Linux 73  
SuSE SLES Linux 74  
Windows Server 2003 66  
Windows Server 2008 62  
Windows Vista 64  
Windows XP 68  
logical drive 95, 160  
scheduled activity 137  
spare drive 99, 174  
subsystem 121  
user 118  
dimensions, SuperTrak card 6  
E
email  
disk array  
capacity 89  
create 19, 90  
messages 254, 261  
create advanced 155  
create automatically 152  
create express 153  
create manually 155  
delete 91, 157  
service settings 124  
status 123  
test 125  
enable  
Auto Rebuild 134  
Media Patrol 134  
SMART 141  
expansion 246  
information 89, 157  
296  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
enclosure  
information 145  
G
GBTruncate 238  
global spare drive 239  
GRPRounding 238  
JBOD 14, 16  
polling interval 142  
SGPIO 15  
SuperSwap 16  
H
third party 146, 150, 167, 176  
virtual 15, 146, 150, 167, 176  
VTrak 14, 147, 151, 167, 176  
error block threshold setting 134  
Event Frame  
Header 111  
health, subsystem 130  
host  
add 120  
delete 121  
deleting 114  
information 127  
hot spare drive 239  
refresh time 125  
saving 114  
viewing 113  
I
event logs  
ID numbers and SAS connections  
15  
in-band versus out-of-band 121  
Inconsistent Block Table 171  
information  
clear 102  
SuperBuild 101  
expansion 161, 240  
ranges of 246  
Extended SMTP 125  
battery 142  
buzzer 144  
F
controller 139  
failed physical drive 253  
FAQs  
disk array 89, 157  
enclosure 145  
installation 271  
physical drives 270  
post installation 272  
pre-installation 269  
find failed drive  
SuperBuild 263  
WebPAM PRO 264  
firmware  
downloading 285  
update 129  
first-time setup, WebPAM PRO 57  
format logical drive 240, 281  
FreeBSD  
host 127  
logical drive 92, 177  
logical drives 166, 167  
physical drive 87, 148  
spare drive 97  
subsystem 128  
subsystem/host 120  
user 116  
initialization  
settings 133  
initialization, logical drive 94, 156,  
160, 169, 239  
installing  
installing  
BBU kit 288  
CLI 35  
driver 76  
297  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
installing, cont.  
list  
CLI  
disk arrays 89  
FreeBSD 35  
logical drives 92  
Linux 28  
physical drives 87, 146  
scheduled activities 135  
spare drives 97, 172  
VMware 36  
Windows 23  
FreeBSD driver 76  
Miracle Linux driver 75  
RedHat Linux driver 70  
SuperTrak EX Controller card 9  
SuSE Open Linux driver 73  
SuSE SLES Linux driver 74  
VMware driver 78  
WebPAM PRO  
locate  
disk array 150  
logical drive 167, 176  
physical drive 146  
logging into WebPAM PRO 55,  
107  
logging out of WebPAM PRO 115  
logical drive  
Linux 47  
2 TB limitation 237  
automatic rebuild 266  
axles 94, 155  
Windows 39  
Windows Server 2003 driver  
66  
capacity 21, 93, 155, 159  
check table 170  
Windows Server 2008 driver  
62  
create 20, 93, 159  
critical 253, 263, 266  
degraded 166  
Windows Vista driver 64  
Windows XP driver 68  
delete 95, 160  
information 92, 166, 167, 177  
initialization 94, 156, 160,  
169, 239  
J
Java Runtime Environment 38  
JBOD enclosure 14, 16, 147, 151,  
167, 176  
list 92  
list of all 176  
locate 167, 176  
L
manual rebuild 266  
name or alias 21, 93, 95, 155,  
159, 169  
language, WebPAM PRO 113  
LED behavior and SuperTrak sta-  
tus 258, 293  
offline 253, 263  
LED pins  
partition and format 240, 281  
RAID level 21, 93, 155, 159  
read cache policy 22, 94, 95,  
156, 159, 169  
backplane 291  
SuperTrak 12  
Linux  
installing  
Redundancy Check 170  
sector size 21, 93, 156, 159  
settings 95, 168  
drivers 70–75  
WebPAM PRO 47  
statistics 168  
298  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
logical drive, cont.  
P
status 92, 93, 166  
partition logical drive 240, 281  
stripe size 21, 93, 156, 159  
synchronizing 160, 168  
write cache policy 22, 94, 95,  
156, 160, 169  
password  
change 117  
WebPAM PRO 56, 109  
PCI-Express slot 9, 288  
PDM  
login screen, WebPAM PRO 56,  
109  
and Media Patrol 248  
defined 248  
running on a physical drive 135  
running on disk array 163  
settings 133  
M
maintenance user 118  
Management View 112  
Media Patrol  
triggers 134, 248  
PFA condition 149, 265  
physical drive  
and PDM 248  
defined 248  
alias 148  
capacity 87  
capacity coercion 142, 238  
configuration status 148  
failure 253  
enable 134  
run 134  
run on disk array 163  
scheduling 135  
settings 133  
find failed 263, 264  
global settings 147  
information 87, 148  
list 87, 146  
locate 146  
management 87  
migrate  
disk array 161, 240  
settings 133  
multi-lane SAS cable 12, 288, 290  
N
operational status 148  
PDM 135, 163  
NVRAM event log  
clear 132  
save 132  
view 131  
PFA condition 149, 265  
problems 88, 265  
stale condition 149, 265  
statistics 148  
O
status 158  
offline logical drive 253, 263  
online expansion 161, 240  
orphan watermark, clear 142  
OS support for WebPAM PRO 3,  
37  
polling interval 142  
popup message 254, 261  
power user 118  
Predictive Data Migration, see  
PDM 248  
problems  
out-of-band versus in-band 121  
overview of SuperTrak 2  
logical drive 253, 263  
physical drive 88, 253, 265  
299  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
Product Overview 2  
rebuild  
disk array 162  
logical drive 266  
settings 133  
R
RAID  
rebuild logical drive  
manual 266  
choosing a RAID level 232  
introduction to 219  
VTrak subsystem 145  
RAID level  
rebuilding a disk array 255  
red X 253, 261  
RedHat, WebPAM PRO icon in ap-  
plication menu 54  
Redundancy Check  
run on logical drive 170  
scheduling 135  
logical drive 93, 155, 159  
migrate 161, 240  
RAID 0  
applications 232  
description 220  
RAID 1  
applications 232  
description 221  
RAID 10  
applications 234  
description 225  
RAID 1E  
applications 233  
description 222  
RAID 5  
applications 233  
description 223  
RAID 50  
applications 235  
description 226  
RAID 6  
applications 234  
description 224  
RAID 60  
settings 133  
refresh interval, Event Frame 125  
refresh screen, WebPAM PRO 127  
returning product for repair 278  
revertible spare drive 164, 172,  
173, 239  
run  
background activity 134  
Media Patrol 134  
Redundancy Check 170  
runtime event log  
clear 131  
save 131  
view 130  
S
SAS  
breakout cable 15  
connections and ID numbers  
15  
data cable 16  
diamond port 14  
expanders 15, 16, 17  
fanout cable 14  
multi-lane cable 9, 12, 14,  
288, 290  
applications 235  
description 229  
recommendations 232  
read cache policy  
defined 238  
logical drive 94, 95, 156, 159  
Read Check Table 171  
reassigned block threshold setting  
134  
300  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
save  
Event Frame 114  
NVRAM event log 132  
runtime event log 131  
scheduled activities  
delete 137  
list 135  
scheduling  
Media Patrol 135  
Redundancy Check 135  
Spare Check 135  
sector size  
spare drive  
automatic rebuild 266  
capacity 173, 266  
create 97, 173  
dedicated to array 98, 173  
dedicated to disk arrays 172  
defined 239  
delete 99, 174  
information 97  
list 97, 172  
physical drive ID 97  
revertible 98, 172, 173  
settings 98, 174  
spare check 175  
status 97, 172  
defined 236  
logical drive 93, 156, 159  
settings  
background activities 133  
buzzer 143  
capacity coercion 142  
CIM client 126  
CIM server 126  
controller 141  
disk array 91, 158  
email service 124  
error block threshold 134  
logical drive 95, 168  
other users 116  
specifications 6  
stale condition 149, 265  
statistics  
clear 129  
controller 141  
logical drive 168  
physical drive 148  
status  
disk array 89, 90, 157  
email 123  
logical drive 90, 92, 93  
logical drives 166  
physical drive 87, 148, 158  
spare drives 97, 172  
subsystem 130  
web server 123  
Storage Network 114  
stripe size 21  
physical drives 147, 148  
reassigned block threshold  
134  
spare drives 98, 174  
user 117  
privileges 122  
user privileges 118, 127  
web server 123  
defined 236  
SGPIO enclosure 15  
silencing the buzzer 143  
SMART, enable 141  
Software Management 123  
Spare Check  
logical drive 93, 156, 159  
subsystem  
add 120  
alias 129  
delete 121  
running 175  
scheduling 135  
health 130  
information 128  
301  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
subsystem, cont.  
T
JBOD 14, 16  
TableRounding 238  
technical support, contacting 273  
temperatures, operating 6, 8, 268  
test email 125  
subsystem/host information 120  
super user 118  
SuperBuild  
background activity 100  
testing the buzzer 143  
Time Sync 103  
buzzer 104, 257  
controller information 86  
controller selection 85  
enter 18  
Tomcat server 124  
Transition  
automatic 251  
event logs 101  
defined 249  
find failed drive 263  
logical drive management 92  
logical drive, manual rebuild  
266  
disk array 164  
manual 251  
settings 133  
transport, prepare disk array 164  
Tree View 111  
main menu 18, 84  
physical drive management 87  
spare drive management 97  
Time Sync 103  
troubleshooting 253  
U
SuperBuild utility, accessing 81  
SuperSwap enclosure 14, 16  
SuperTrak  
update firmware 129  
user  
create 118  
delete 118  
information 116  
interface, WebPAM PRO 110  
name in WebPAM PRO 56,  
109  
password, change 117  
privileges 118, 122, 127  
privileges defined 118  
settings 117  
Advanced Hardware Design 4  
Compatibility 5  
installing 9  
LED behavior 258, 293  
LED pins 12  
overview 2  
specifications 6  
unpacking 7  
XOR microprocessor 2  
SuperTrak BIOS 18, 81  
critical screen 82  
settings of other users 116  
Utility Server 37, 126  
normal screen 82  
offline screen 83, 260  
Synchronization  
V
view  
settings 133  
background activities 133  
disk array 150  
NVRAM event log 131  
runtime event log 130  
synchronizing a logical drive 160,  
168  
system configuration, view 137  
302  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
view, cont.  
scheduled activities 135  
system configuration 137  
view-only user 118  
virtual enclosure 15  
VMware  
WebPAM PRO, cont.  
disk array  
auto create 152  
delete 157  
express create 153  
info 157  
installing  
locate 150  
CLI 36  
drivers 78  
manual create 155  
Media Patrol 163  
migrate 161  
VTrak JBOD 14, 16, 147, 151,  
167, 176  
PDM 163  
VTrak RAID subsystem 145  
prepare for transport 164  
rebuild 162  
settings 158  
transition 164  
W
warranty 276  
display language 113  
downloading 286  
email service 124  
enclosures 145  
Event Frame 113  
event frame refresh 125  
extended SMTP 125  
External SSL Security option  
44, 51  
web server  
settings 123  
status 123  
WebPAM PRO  
Agent 37, 121, 126  
alias for subsystem 129  
background activity  
run 134  
schedule 135  
settings 133  
battery information 142  
blank screen 268  
browser support 4, 38  
buzzer 143  
CIM client settings 126  
CIM server settings 126  
Client/Server 121  
components 37  
controller  
find failed driive 264  
firmware update 129  
first-time setup 57  
Header 111  
host  
add 120  
delete 121  
info 120  
icon in RedHat application  
menu 54  
installing  
info 139  
Linux 47  
Windows 39  
Java Runtime Environment 38  
logging in 55, 107  
logging out 115  
settings 141  
statistics 141  
description 3  
303  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SuperTrak EX Series User Manual  
WebPAM PRO, cont.  
logical drive  
WebPAM PRO, cont.  
spare drive  
check table 170  
create 173  
create 159  
delete 174  
delete 160  
settings 174  
info 166, 167, 177  
initialize 169  
spare check 175  
statistical data, clear 129  
Storage Network 114  
subsystem  
locate 167, 176  
Redundancy Check 170  
settings 168  
add 120  
statistics 168  
delete 121  
logical drive, manual rebuild  
267  
health 130  
info 120  
login screen 56, 109  
Management View 112  
Media Patrol 134  
NVRAM event log 131  
orphan watermark 142  
OS support 3, 37  
password 56, 109  
password, change 117  
PDM 135  
Tomcat Server 124  
Tree View 111  
troubleshooting 253  
user  
create 118  
delete 118  
interface 110  
name 56, 109  
password 117  
privileges 122, 127  
settings 116  
physical drive  
global settings 147  
info 148  
Utility Server 37, 126  
Web Server 123  
Windows  
locate 146  
PFA condition 149, 265  
settings 148  
installing  
stale condition 149, 265  
statistics 148  
drivers 62–68  
WebPAM PRO 39  
write cache policy  
defined 238  
logical drive 94, 95, 156, 160  
Write Check Table 171  
refresh screen 127  
Regular connection 55, 108  
runtime event log 130  
Secure connection 55, 108  
session time out setting 124  
Y
yellow ! 253, 261  
304  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  

Pelco Cash Register ICI1000S Series User Manual
Philips CD Player SAC2530 User Manual
Philips Home Theater System LX3500D User Manual
Philips Universal Remote PR0930X4 User Manual
PLUS Vision Projector U5 632 User Manual
Polaroid Flat Panel Television FCM 0700A User Manual
Polk Audio Portable Speaker TC625i User Manual
Poulan Blower 530164107 User Manual
Poulan Trimmer PP136E User Manual
Proxima ASA Projector Multimedia LCD Projectors User Manual